AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
SECTION
AT
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CONTENTS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ....................................4
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ...........................4
PRECAUTIONS ...............................................................6
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) ″AIR BAG″ and ″SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER″ ......................................................6
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
System of A/T and Engine...........................................6
Precautions ..................................................................6
Service Notice or Precautions .....................................8
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis.....................9
PREPARATION .............................................................10
Special Service Tools ................................................10
OVERALL SYSTEM ......................................................12
A/T Electrical Parts Location .....................................12
Circuit Diagram ..........................................................13
Cross-sectional View .................................................14
Hydraulic Control Circuit............................................15
Shift Mechanism ........................................................16
Control System ..........................................................25
Control Mechanism....................................................26
Control Valve .............................................................31
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION ...............................................................33
Introduction ................................................................33
OBD-II Function for A/T System................................33
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ..............33
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ....................33
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)..............................37
CONSULT-II ...............................................................37
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II..............48
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INTRODUCTION..................55
Introduction ................................................................55
Work Flow..................................................................59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - BASIC INSPECTION ...........61
A/T Fluid Check .........................................................61
Stall Test ....................................................................61
Line Pressure Test.....................................................64
Road Test...................................................................65
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION ...............................................................83
Symptom Chart..........................................................83
TCM Terminals and Reference Value........................95
CAN COMMUNICATION ...............................................98
System Description....................................................98
CAN Communication Unit..........................................98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY........102
Wiring Diagram - AT - MAIN....................................102
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................103
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ...105
Description ...............................................................105
Wiring Diagram - AT - PNP/SW...............................107
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................108
Component Inspection.............................................109
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT ....................................................................... 111
Description ............................................................... 111
Wiring Diagram - AT - FTS ......................................113
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................114
Component Inspection.............................................116
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR) ...........................................117
Description ...............................................................117
Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSA/T ................................119
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................120
Component Inspection.............................................121
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .......................122
Description ...............................................................122
Wiring Diagram - AT - ENGSS ................................123
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................124
DTC P0731 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 1ST GEAR
POSITION ....................................................................126
Description ...............................................................126
Wiring Diagram - AT - 1ST ......................................129
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................130
Component Inspection.............................................131
DTC P0732 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 2ND GEAR
POSITION ....................................................................132
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
CONTENTS
Description ...............................................................132
Wiring Diagram - AT - 2ND......................................135
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................136
Component Inspection.............................................137
DTC P0733 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 3RD GEAR
POSITION ....................................................................138
Description ...............................................................138
Wiring Diagram - AT - 3RD......................................141
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................142
Component Inspection.............................................143
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR
POSITION ....................................................................144
Description ...............................................................144
Wiring Diagram - AT - 4TH ......................................148
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................149
Component Inspection.............................................153
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE......................................................154
Description ...............................................................154
Wiring Diagram - AT - TCV......................................156
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................157
Component Inspection.............................................158
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION ......159
Description ...............................................................159
Wiring Diagram - AT - TCCSIG ...............................162
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................163
Component Inspection.............................................167
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE ...168
Description ...............................................................168
Wiring Diagram - AT - LPSV....................................170
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................171
Component Inspection.............................................173
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A ..................174
Description ...............................................................174
Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/A ..................................175
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................176
Component Inspection.............................................177
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ..................178
Description ...............................................................178
Wiring Diagram - AT - SSV/B ..................................179
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................180
Component Inspection.............................................181
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR).............182
Description ...............................................................182
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................183
Possible Cause........................................................183
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation
Procedure ................................................................184
Wiring Diagram - AT - TPS......................................185
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................186
(Cont’d)
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE..........................................................................188
Description ...............................................................188
Wiring Diagram - AT - OVRCSV..............................190
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................191
Component Inspection.............................................192
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE) ....193
Description ...............................................................193
Wiring Diagram - AT - BA/FTS ................................195
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................196
Component Inspection.............................................199
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.MTR .......................200
Description ...............................................................200
Wiring Diagram - AT - VSSMTR..............................202
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................203
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...............205
Description ...............................................................205
On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................205
Possible Cause........................................................205
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation
Procedure ................................................................206
Wiring Diagram - AT - CAN .....................................207
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................208
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR ....................209
Description ...............................................................209
Wiring Diagram - AT - TRSA/T ................................211
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................212
Component Inspection.............................................213
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT
(ROM)...........................................................................214
Description ...............................................................214
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................215
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) .............................216
Description ...............................................................216
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................217
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ...............218
Wiring Diagram - AT - NONDTC .............................218
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On........221
Engine Cannot Be Started In ″P″ and ″N″
Position ....................................................................223
In ″P″ Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or
Backward When Pushed .........................................224
In ″N″ Position, Vehicle Moves................................225
Large Shock. ″N″ -> ″R″ Position............................227
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In ″R″
Position ....................................................................229
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In ″D″, ″2″ Or
″1″ Position ..............................................................232
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 .......................235
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 -> D2 Or Does Not
Kickdown: D4 -> D2..................................................238
AT-2
CONTENTS
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 -> D3...................................241
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> D4...................................244
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ...............................247
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ....................249
Lock-up Is Not Released .........................................251
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light
Braking D4 -> D3).....................................................252
Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 .............................254
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 -> D3, When Overdrive
Control Switch ″ON″ -> ″OFF″ ................................255
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 -> 22, When Selector
Lever ″D″ -> ″2″ Position.........................................256
A/T Does Not Shift: 22 -> 11, When Selector
Lever ″2″ -> ″1″ Position .........................................257
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ......258
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP,
Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor Circuit Checks)............................................258
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.........................................265
Description ...............................................................265
Wiring Diagram - SHIFT -........................................266
Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................267
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ..........................................270
Components.............................................................270
Removal...................................................................270
Installation................................................................271
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ..............................................272
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators.............272
Revolution Sensor Replacement .............................273
Turbine Revolution Sensor Replacement................273
Rear Oil Seal Replacement.....................................273
Rear Oil Seal and Companion Flange Oil Seal
Replacement............................................................274
Parking Components Inspection..............................274
Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment ................275
Manual Control Linkage Adjustment........................275
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............................276
Removal...................................................................276
Installation................................................................277
OVERHAUL .................................................................281
(Cont’d)
Components.............................................................281
Oil Channel ..............................................................284
Locations of Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings .......................................................285
DISASSEMBLY............................................................286
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .........................297
Oil Pump ..................................................................297
Control Valve Assembly...........................................301
Control Valve Upper Body .......................................307
Control Valve Lower Body .......................................312
Reverse Clutch ........................................................314
High Clutch ..............................................................317
Forward and Overrun Clutches ...............................320
Low & Reverse Brake..............................................324
Forward Clutch Drum Assembly..............................328
Rear Internal Gear and Forward Clutch Hub ..........330
Band Servo Piston Assembly ..................................333
Parking Pawl Components ......................................337
ASSEMBLY..................................................................339
Assembly (1)............................................................339
Adjustment ...............................................................347
Assembly (2)............................................................349
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .......356
General Specifications.............................................356
Shift Schedule..........................................................356
Stall Revolution........................................................356
Line Pressure...........................................................356
Return Springs.........................................................357
Accumulator O-ring..................................................358
Clutches and Brakes ...............................................358
Oil Pump and Low One-way Clutch ........................360
Total End Play..........................................................360
Reverse Clutch Drum End Play ..............................361
Removal and Installation .........................................361
Shift Solenoid Valves...............................................361
Solenoid Valves .......................................................361
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor.................................361
Turbine Revolution Sensor ......................................361
Revolution Sensor ...................................................362
Dropping Resistor ....................................................362
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-3
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC
NAAT0179
ALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC
NAAT0179S01
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*1
Reference page
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
P0731
AT-126
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
P0732
AT-132
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
P0733
AT-138
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
P0734
AT-144
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
P0744
AT-159
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
P0710
AT-111
ENGINE SPEED SIG
P0725
AT-122
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
AT-168
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
P1760
AT-188
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
AT-105
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2
P0750
AT-174
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2
P0755
AT-178
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
AT-154
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2
P1705
AT-182
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3
P0720
AT-117
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
AT-4
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC
=NAAT0179S02
GI
DTC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST*1
Reference page
MA
EM
P0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-105
P0710
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
AT-111
P0720
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3
AT-117
P0725
ENGINE SPEED SIG
AT-122
P0731
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
AT-126
P0732
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
AT-132
P0733
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
AT-138
P0734
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
AT-144
P0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-154
P0744
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
AT-159
P0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-168
P0750
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2
AT-174
P0755
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2
AT-178
P1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2
AT-182
P1760
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
AT-188
*1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012.
*2: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.
*3: The MIL illuminates when both the “Revolution sensor signal” and the “Vehicle speed sensor signal” meet the fail-safe condition at
the same time.
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-5
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER”
NAAT0001
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along with
a seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of
collision. The SRS composition which is available to NISSAN MODEL R50 is as follows:
쐌 For a frontal collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steering wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), seat belt
pre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.
쐌 For a side collision
The Supplemental Restraint System consists of side air bag module (located in the outer side of front seat),
side curtain air bag module (locating in the headliner side of front and rear seat), satellite sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision), wiring harness, warning lamp (one
of components of air bags for a frontal collision).
WARNING:
쐌 To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed
by an authorized NISSAN dealer.
쐌 Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system.
쐌 Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harness connector (and by yellow harness protector or yellow insulation tape before the harness connectors).
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)
System of A/T and Engine
NAAT0002
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
쐌 Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc.
will cause the MIL to light up.
쐌 Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
쐌 Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
쐌 Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
쐌 Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precautions
쐌
NAAT0003
Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness
connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect
negative battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage
the TCM. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even
if ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
SEF289H
AT-6
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions (Cont’d)
쐌
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SEF291H
쐌
Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal
inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly or not. (Refer to AT-95.)
EC
FE
CL
MT
MEF040DA
쐌
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” if the repair is completed.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT964I
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transmission. It is important to prevent the internal
parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common
shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation of the transmission.
Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper
assembly.
All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose,
non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly.
Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the
transmission is disassembled.
It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they
are indicated.
The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme
care when parts are removed and serviced. Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper
assembly. Care will also prevent springs and small parts from
becoming scattered or lost.
Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along
bores in valve body under their own weight.
AT-7
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions (Cont’d)
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all
parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and seals, or
hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not
use grease.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings,
seals and gaskets when assembling.
Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil
pan or clogging strainer. Refer to “ATF COOLER SERVICE”,
AT-9.
After overhaul, refill the transmission with new ATF.
When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is
drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque converter and ATF
cooling system.
Always follow the procedures when changing A/T fluid. Refer
to MA-22, “Changing A/T Fluid”.
Service Notice or Precautions
FAIL-SAFE
NAAT0004
NAAT0004S01
The TCM has an electronic Fail-Safe (limp home mode). This allows the vehicle to be driven even if a major
electrical input/output device circuit is damaged.
Under Fail-Safe, the vehicle always runs in third gear, even with a shift lever position of “1”, “2” or “D”. The
customer may complain of sluggish or poor acceleration.
When the ignition key is turned “ON” following Fail-Safe operation, O/D OFF indicator lamp blinks for about
8 seconds. (For “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools)”, refer to AT-48.)
The blinking of the O/D OFF indicator lamp for about 8 seconds will appear only once and be cleared. The
customer may resume normal driving conditions.
Always follow the “WORK FLOW” (Refer to AT-59).
The SELF-DIAGNOSIS results will be as follows:
The first SELF-DIAGNOSIS will indicate damage to the vehicle speed sensor or the revolution sensor.
During the next SELF-DIAGNOSIS, performed after checking the sensor, no damages will be indicated.
TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE
NAAT0004S04
The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions:
쐌 External leaks in the hub weld area.
쐌 Converter hub is scored or damaged.
쐌 Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft.
쐌 Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines.
쐌 Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter.
쐌 Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses
have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.)
쐌 Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze.
쐌 Internal failure of stator roller clutch.
쐌 Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter).
쐌 Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are
worn or damaged — indicates that lining material came from converter.
The torque converter should not be replaced if:
쐌 The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles.
쐌 The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged.
AT-8
PRECAUTIONS
Service Notice or Precautions (Cont’d)
쐌
쐌
Transmission failure did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch
plate lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter.
Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter clutch
dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic, such
as taxi, delivery or police use.
ATF COOLER SERVICE
NAAT0004S02
Replace ATF cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan or clogging strainer.
Replace radiator lower tank (which includes ATF cooler) with a new one and flush cooler line using cleaning
solvent and compressed air. Refer to LC-21, “REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION”.
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS
쐌
쐌
쐌
−
−
−
*:
쐌
GI
MA
EM
LC
NAAT0004S03
A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through
the blinking pattern of the O/D OFF indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on
AT-38 for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result.
The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM
memories.
Always perform the procedure “HOW TO ERASE DTC” on AT-35 to complete the repair and avoid
unnecessary blinking of the MIL.
The following self-diagnostic items can be detected using ECM self-diagnostic results mode* only when
the O/D OFF indicator lamp does not indicate any malfunctions.
PNP switch
A/T 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th gear function
A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up)
For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-85, “Introduction”.
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL-7, “Description”.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
쐌 GI-11, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”.
쐌 EL-11, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit.
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
쐌 GI-35, “HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES”.
쐌 GI-24, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”.
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
NAAT0005
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-9
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
Special Service Tools
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
ST2505S001
(J34301-C)
Oil pressure gauge set
1 ST25051001
(
—
)
Oil pressure gauge
2 ST25052000
(
—
)
Hose
3 ST25053000
(
—
)
Joint pipe
4 ST25054000
(
—
)
Adapter
5 ST25055000
(
—
)
Adapter
Description
Measuring line pressure
NT097
ST07870000
(J37068)
Transmission case stand
Disassembling and assembling A/T
a: 182 mm (7.17 in)
b: 282 mm (11.10 in)
c: 230 mm (9.06 in)
d: 100 mm (3.94 in)
NT421
KV31102100
(J37065)
Torque converter oneway clutch check tool
Checking one-way clutch in torque converter
NT098
ST25850000
(J25721-A)
Sliding hammer
Removing oil pump assembly
a: 179 mm (7.05 in)
b: 70 mm (2.76 in)
c: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
d: M12 x 1.75P
NT422
KV31102400
(J34285 and J34285-87)
Clutch spring compressor
Removing and installing clutch return springs
a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)
NT423
AT-10
NAAT0006
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools (Cont’d)
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
GI
Description
ST33200000
(J26082)
Drift
Installing oil pump housing oil seal Installing rear
oil seal
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia.
MA
EM
LC
NT091
(J34291)
Shim setting gauge set
Selecting oil pump cover bearing race and oil
pump thrust washer
EC
FE
NT101
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-11
OVERALL SYSTEM
A/T Electrical Parts Location
A/T Electrical Parts Location
NAAT0007
SAT681K
AT-12
OVERALL SYSTEM
Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram
NAAT0008
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT310B
AT-13
IDX
OVERALL SYSTEM
Cross-sectional View
Cross-sectional View
NAAT0010
SAT150K
AT-14
OVERALL SYSTEM
Hydraulic Control Circuit
Hydraulic Control Circuit
NAAT0011
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT706K
AT-15
IDX
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism
Shift Mechanism
NAAT0012
The automatic transmission uses compact, dual planetary gear systems to improve power-transmission
efficiency, simplify construction and reduce weight.
It also employs an optimum shift control and superwide gear ratios. They improve starting performance and
acceleration during medium and high-speed operation.
Two one-way clutches are also employed: one is used for the forward clutch and the other for the low clutch.
These one-way clutches, combined with four accumulators, reduce shifting shock to a minimum.
CONSTRUCTION
NAAT0012S01
SAT509I
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Torque converter clutch piston
Torque converter
Oil pump
Input shaft
Brake band
Reverse clutch
High clutch
Front pinion gear
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Front sun gear
Front internal gear
Front planetary carrier
Rear sun gear
Rear pinion gear
Rear internal gear
Rear planetary carrier
Forward clutch
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Forward one-way clutch
Overrun clutch
Low one-way clutch
Low & reverse brake
Parking pawl
Parking gear
Output shaft
FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE
Clutch and brake components
NAAT0012S02
Abbr.
Function
Reverse clutch 6
R/C
To transmit input power to front sun gear 9.
High clutch 7
H/C
To transmit input power to front planetary carrier 11.
Forward clutch 16
F/C
To connect front planetary carrier 11 with forward one-way
clutch 17.
Overrun clutch 18
O/C
To connect front planetary carrier 11 with rear internal gear 14.
Brake band 5
B/B
To lock front sun gear 9.
Forward one-way clutch 17
F/O.C
When forward clutch 16 is engaged, to stop rear internal gear
14 from rotating in opposite direction against engine revolution.
Low one-way clutch 19
L/O.C
To stop front planetary carrier 11 from rotating in opposite direction against engine revolution.
Low & reverse brake 20
L & R/B
To lock front planetary carrier 11.
AT-16
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
CLUTCH AND BAND CHART
Reverse
Shift position
clutch
High
clutch
Forward
clutch
NAAT0012S03
Overrun
clutch
Band servo
2nd
apply
3rd
release
4th
apply
Forward
one
-way
clutch
Low
oneway
clutch
Low &
reverse Lock-up
brake
Remarks
GI
MA
EM
PARK
POSITION
P
쎻
R
REVERSE
POSITION
쎻
NEUTRAL
POSITION
N
1st
쎻
*1D
2nd
쎻
*1A
쎻
*1A
*2C
C
*3C
C
D*4
3rd
쎻
쎻
4th
쎻
C
1st
쎻
D
2nd
쎻
*1A
1st
쎻
쎻
2nd
쎻
쎻
2
B
B
B
B
쎻
Automatic
shift
1k2
B
B
B
1
쎻
EC
FE
CL
쎻
B
쎻
*1쎻
Automatic
shift
1k2k3
k4
LC
B
쎻
Locks (held
stationary) in
1st speed
1g2
*1: Operates when overdrive control switch is being set in “OFF” position.
*2: Oil pressure is applied to both 2nd “apply” side and 3rd “release” side of band servo piston. However, brake band does not contract
because oil pressure area on the “release” side is greater than that on the “apply” side.
*3: Oil pressure is applied to 4th “apply” side in condition *2 above, and brake band contracts.
*4: A/T will not shift to 4th when overdrive control switch is set in “OFF” position.
쎻 : Operates.
A: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, activating engine brake.
B: Operates during “progressive” acceleration.
C: Operates but does not affect power transmission.
D: Operates when throttle opening is less than 3/16, but does not affect engine brake.
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-17
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
POWER TRANSMISSION
“N” and “P” Positions
쐌
쐌
=NAAT0012S04
NAAT0012S0401
“N” position
No control members operate. Power from the input shaft is not transmitted to the output shaft since the
clutch does not operate.
“P” position
Similar to the “N” position, no control members operate. The parking pawl interconnected with the select
lever engages with the parking gear to mechanically hold the output shaft so that the power train is locked.
SAT039J
AT-18
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
“11” Position
=NAAT0012S0406
Forward clutch
Forward one-way clutch
Overrun clutch
Low and reverse brake
As overrun clutch engages, rear internal gear is locked by the operation of low and
reverse brake.
This is different from that of D1 and 21.
Engine brake
Overrun clutch always engages, therefore engine brake can be obtained when decelerating.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT100JC
SC
EL
IDX
AT-19
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
“D1” and “21” Positions
=NAAT0012S0402
Forward one-way clutch
Forward clutch
Low one-way clutch
Rear internal gear is locked to rotate counterclockwise because of the functioning of
these three clutches. (Start-up at D1)
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
(Engine brake)
D1: Overdrive control switch in “OFF”
Throttle opening less than 3/16
21: Throttle opening less than 3/16
At D1 and 21 positions, engine brake is not activated due to free turning of low one-way
clutch.
SAT096JC
AT-20
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
“D2”, “22” and “12” Positions
=NAAT0012S0403
Forward clutch
Forward one-way clutch
Brake band
Rear sun gear drives rear planetary carrier and combined front internal gear. Front internal gear now rotates around front sun gear accompanying front planetary carrier.
As front planetary carrier transfers the power to rear internal gear through forward clutch
and forward one-way clutch, this rotation of rear internal gear increases the speed of
rear planetary carrier compared with that of the 1st speed.
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
D2: Overdrive control switch in “OFF”
Throttle opening less than 3/16
22: Throttle opening less than 3/16
12: Always engaged
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
SAT097JC
EL
IDX
AT-21
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
“D3” Position
=NAAT0012S0404
High clutch
Forward clutch
Forward one-way clutch
Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary carrier is connected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward
one-way clutch.
This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear
planetary carrier to turn at the same speed.
Overrun clutch
engagement conditions
D3: Overdrive control switch in “OFF”
Throttle opening less than 3/16
SAT098JB
AT-22
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
“D4” (OD) Position
=NAAT0012S0405
High clutch
Brake band
Forward clutch
(Does not affect power transmission)
Input power is transmitted to front carrier through high clutch.
This front planetary carrier turns around the sun gear which is fixed by brake band and
makes front internal gear (output) turn faster.
Engine brake
At D4 position, there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line and engine
brake can be obtained when decelerating.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT099JB
SC
EL
IDX
AT-23
OVERALL SYSTEM
Shift Mechanism (Cont’d)
“R” Position
=NAAT0012S0407
Reverse clutch
Low and reverse brake
Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low and reverse brake.
Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front
internal gear in the opposite direction.
Engine brake
As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be
obtained when decelerating.
SAT101JB
AT-24
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System
Control System
=NAAT0013
OUTLINE
NAAT0013S01
The automatic transmission senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNALS)
PNP switch
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
Closed throttle position signal
Wide open throttle position signal
Engine speed signal
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Revolution sensor
Vehicle speed sensor
Overdrive control switch signal
Stop lamp switch signal
Turbine revolution sensor
GI
TCM
왘
Shift control
Line pressure control
Lock-up control
Overrun clutch control
Timing control
Fail-safe control
Self-diagnosis
CONSULT-II communication
line
Duet-EU control
ACTUATORS
왘
MA
EM
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
O/D OFF indicator lamp
T/F control unit
LC
EC
FE
CL
CONTROL SYSTEM
NAAT0013S02
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT698K
SC
EL
IDX
AT-25
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control System (Cont’d)
TCM FUNCTION
=NAAT0013S03
The function of the TCM is to:
쐌 Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
쐌 Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
쐌 Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM
NAAT0013S04
Sensors and solenoid valves
Input
Output
Function
PNP switch
Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
Detects accelerator pedal position sensor as throttle position signal and
sends a signal from ECM to TCM.
Closed throttle position signal
Detects throttle valve’s fully-closed position and sends a signal from ECM to
TCM.
Wide open throttle position signal
Detects a throttle valve position of greater than 1/2 of full throttle and sends
a signal from ECM to TCM.
Engine speed signal
From ECM.
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.
Revolution sensor
Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM.
Vehicle speed signal
Used as an auxiliary vehicle speed signal. Sends a signal when revolution
sensor (installed on transmission) malfunctions.
Overdrive control switch
Sends a signal, which prohibits a shift to “D4” (overdrive) position, from unified meter control unit to the TCM.
ASCD operation signal
Sends the cruise signal and “D4” (overdrive) cancellation signal from ECM
to TCM.
Turbine revolution sensor
Sends an input shaft revolution signal.
Stop lamp switch
Sends the lock-up release signal from unified meter control unit to the TCM
at time of D4 (lock-up).
Shift solenoid valve A/B
Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent
from TCM.
Line pressure solenoid valve
Regulates (or decreases) line pressure suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent from TCM.
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
Regulates (or decreases) lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in
relation to a signal sent from TCM.
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Controls an “engine brake” effect suited to driving conditions in relation to a
signal sent from TCM.
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Shows TCM faults, when A/T control components malfunction.
Control Mechanism
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL
NAAT0180
NAAT0180S01
TCM has the various line pressure control characteristics to meet
the driving conditions.
An ON-OFF duty signal is sent to the line pressure solenoid valve
based on TCM characteristics.
Hydraulic pressure on the clutch and brake is electronically controlled through the line pressure solenoid valve to accommodate
engine torque. This results in smooth shift operation.
AT-26
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Normal Control
NAAT0180S0101
The line pressure to throttle opening characteristics is set for suitable clutch operation.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT003J
Back-up Control (Engine brake)
EC
NAAT0180S0102
If the selector lever is shifted to “2” position while driving in D4 (OD)
or D3, great driving force is applied to the clutch inside the transmission. Clutch operating pressure (line pressure) must be
increased to deal with this driving force.
FE
CL
MT
SAT004J
During Shift Change
NAAT0180S0103
The line pressure is temporarily reduced corresponding to a
change in engine torque when shifting gears (that is, when the shift
solenoid valve is switched for clutch operation) to reduce shifting
shock.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT005J
At Low Fluid Temperature
쐌
NAAT0180S0104
Fluid viscosity and frictional characteristics of the clutch facing
change with fluid temperature. Clutch engaging or band-contacting pressure is compensated for, according to fluid
temperature, to stabilize shifting quality.
BR
ST
RS
BT
쐌
The line pressure is reduced below 60°C (140°F) to prevent
shifting shock due to low viscosity of automatic transmission
fluid when temperature is low.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT006J
AT-27
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
쐌
Line pressure is increased to a maximum irrespective of the
throttle opening when fluid temperature drops to −10°C (14°F).
This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and
brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low
temperature.
SAT007J
SHIFT CONTROL
NAAT0180S02
The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate
vehicle speed and varying engine operations. This is accomplished
by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). This results
in improved acceleration performance and fuel economy.
Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B
NAAT0180S0201
The TCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according to signals from the accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position
sensor) and revolution sensor to select the optimum gear position
on the basis of the shift schedule memorized in the TCM.
The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When
set to “ON”, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to
the shift valve.
[Relation between shift solenoid valves A and B and gear positions]
SAT008J
Gear position
Shift solenoid valve
D1, 21, 11
D2, 22, 12
D3
D4 (OD)
N-P
A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Control of Shift Valves A and B
NAAT0180S0202
SAT047J
AT-28
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves
A and B is applied to the end face of shift valves A and B.
The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the
shift solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure applied to the end face
of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve upward.
GI
LOCK-UP CONTROL
EM
NAAT0180S03
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked
to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission
efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty
signal sent from the TCM. The signal is converted to oil pressure
signal which controls the torque converter clutch piston.
NAAT0180S0301
When vehicle is driven in 4th gear position, vehicle speed and
throttle opening are detected. If the detected values fall within the
lock-up zone memorized in the TCM, lock-up is performed.
ON
Selector lever
Gear position
Vehicle speed sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Throttle position sensor)
Closed throttle position switch
A/T fluid temperature sensor
LC
EC
Conditions for Lock-up Operation
Overdrive control switch
MA
OFF
FE
CL
“D” position
D4
D3
MT
More than set value
Less than set opening
OFF
More than 40°C (104°F)
TF
PD
AX
SU
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Control
NAAT0180S0302
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the
TCM. The plunger closes the drain circuit during the “OFF” period,
and opens the circuit during the “ON” period. If the percentage of
OFF-time increases in one cycle, the pilot pressure drain time is
reduced and pilot pressure remains high.
The torque converter clutch piston is designed to slip to adjust the
ratio of ON-OFF, thereby reducing lock-up shock.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT010J
OFF-time INCREASING
"
Amount of drain DECREASING
"
Pilot pressure HIGH
"
Lock-up RELEASING
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT011J
AT-29
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve OperationNAAT0180S0303
SAT048J
Lock-up Released
The OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is
long, and pilot pressure is high. The pilot pressure pushes the end
face of the torque converter clutch control valve in combination with
spring force to move the valve to the left. As a result, converter
pressure is applied to chamber A (torque converter clutch piston
release side). Accordingly, the torque converter clutch piston
remains unlocked.
Lock-up Applied
When the OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid
valve is short, pilot pressure drains and becomes low. Accordingly,
the control valve moves to the right by the pilot pressure of the
other circuit and converter pressure. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber B, keeping the torque converter clutch
piston applied.
Also smooth lock-up is provided by transient application and
release of the lock-up.
OVERRUN CLUTCH CONTROL (ENGINE BRAKE
CONTROL)
NAAT0180S04
Forward one-way clutch is used to reduce shifting shocks in downshifting operations. This clutch transmits engine torque to the
wheels. However, drive force from the wheels is not transmitted to
the engine because the one-way clutch rotates idle. This means the
engine brake is not effective.
The overrun clutch operates when the engine brake is needed.
Overrun Clutch Operating Conditions
Gear position
Throttle opening
“D” position
D1, D2, D3 gear position
Less than 3/16
“2” position
21, 22 gear position
“1” position
11, 12 gear position
NAAT0180S0401
At any position
SAT715K
AT-30
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Mechanism (Cont’d)
Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve Control
NAAT0180S0402
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is operated by an ON-OFF signal transmitted by the TCM to provide overrun clutch control
(engine brake control).
When this solenoid valve is “ON”, the pilot pressure drain port
closes. When it is “OFF”, the drain port opens.
During the solenoid valve “ON” pilot pressure is applied to the end
face of the overrun clutch control valve.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT015J
Overrun Clutch Control Valve Operation
EC
NAAT0180S0403
When the solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure A is applied to the
overrun clutch control valve. This pushes up the overrun clutch
control valve. The line pressure is then shut off so that the clutch
does not engage.
When the solenoid valve is “OFF”, pilot pressure A is not generated. At this point, the overrun clutch control valve moves downward by spring force. As a result, overrun clutch operation pressure
is provided by the overrun clutch reducing valve. This causes the
overrun clutch to engage.
In the “1” position, the overrun clutch control valve remains pushed
down so that the overrun clutch is engaged at all times.
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT049J
Control Valve
NAAT0181
FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE
NAAT0181S01
Valve name
BR
Function
ST
쐌 Pressure regulator valve
쐌 Pressure regulator plug
쐌 Pressure regulator sleeve plug
Regulate oil discharged from the oil pump to provide optimum line pressure for all
driving conditions.
Pressure modifier valve
Used as a signal supplementary valve to the pressure regulator valve. Regulates
pressure-modifier pressure (signal pressure) which controls optimum line pressure for
all driving conditions.
Modifier accumulator piston
Smooths hydraulic pressure regulated by the pressure modifier valve to prevent pulsations.
Pilot valve
Regulates line pressure to maintain a constant pilot pressure level which controls
lock-up mechanism, overrun clutch, 3-2 timing required for shifting.
Accumulator control valve
Accumulator control sleeve
Regulate accumulator back-pressure to pressure suited to driving conditions.
SC
Manual valve
Directs line pressure to oil circuits corresponding to select positions.
Hydraulic pressure drains when the shift lever is in Neutral.
EL
RS
BT
HA
IDX
AT-31
OVERALL SYSTEM
Control Valve (Cont’d)
Valve name
Function
Shift valve A
Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve
A to meet driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th
, 3rd , 2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve B.
Shift valve B
Simultaneously switches three oil circuits using output pressure of shift solenoid valve
B in relation to driving conditions (vehicle speed, throttle opening, etc.).
Provides automatic downshifting and up-shifting (1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th gears/4th
, 3rd , 2nd , 1st gears) in combination with shift valve A.
Shuttle shift valve S
Switches hydraulic circuits to provide 3-2 timing control and overrun clutch control in
relation to the throttle opening.
Inactivates the overrun clutch to prevent interlocking in 4th gear when the throttle is
wide open.
Overrun clutch control valve
Switches hydraulic circuits to prevent engagement of the overrun clutch simultaneously with application of the brake band in 4th gear. (Interlocking occurs if the
overrun clutch engages during D4 gear operation.)
4-2 relay valve
Memorizes that the transmission is in 4th gear. Prevents the transmission from downshifting from 4th gear to 3rd and then to 2nd in combination with 4-2 sequence valve
and shift valves A and B when downshifting from 4th to 2nd gear.
4-2 sequence valve
Prevents band servo pressure from draining before high clutch operating pressure
and band servo releasing pressure drain (from the same circuit) during downshifting
from 4th to 2nd gear.
Servo charger valve
An accumulator and a one-way orifice are used in the 2nd gear band servo oil circuit
to dampen shifting shock when shifting from 1st to 2nd gear.
To maintain adequate flow rate when downshifting from 4th or 3rd gear to 2nd gear,
the servo charger valve directs 2nd gear band servo hydraulic pressure to the circuit
without going through the one-way orifice when downshifting from 3rd or a higher
gear.
3-2 timing valve
Prevents a late operation of the brake band when shifting selector lever from “D” to
“1” or “2” position while driving in D3.
“1” reducing valve
Reduces low & reverse brake pressure to dampen engine-brake shock when downshifting from the “1” position 2nd gear to 1st gear.
Overrun clutch reducing valve
Reduces oil pressure directed to the overrun clutch and prevents engine-brake shock.
In “1” and “2” positions, line pressure acts on the overrun clutch reducing valve to
increase the pressure-regulating point, with resultant engine brake capability.
Torque converter relief valve
Prevents an excessive rise in torque converter pressure.
Torque converter clutch control valve,
torque converter clutch control plug and
torque converter clutch control sleeve
Activate or inactivate the lock-up function.
Also provide smooth lock-up through transient application and release of the lock-up
system.
Shuttle shift valve D
Switches hydraulic circuits so that output pressure of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve acts on the lock-up valve in the “D” position of 2nd, 3rd and 4th gears. (In
the “D” position 1st gear, lock-up is inhibited.)
쐌 Lock-up control is not affected in “D” position 2nd, 3rd or 4th gears, unless output
pressure of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is generated by a signal
from the control unit.
AT-32
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Introduction
Introduction
NAAT0014
The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems.
The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination
with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in
the ECM memory but not the TCM memory.
The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the O/D OFF indicator lamp. The malfunction is
stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail,
refer to AT-38.
GI
MA
EM
LC
OBD-II Function for A/T System
NAAT0182
The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function
is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the
ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a
diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches
and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements.
The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation to A/T system parts.
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
EC
FE
CL
NAAT0015
NAAT0015S01
If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored
in the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function.
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
MT
NAAT0015S02
When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC
(diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — First Trip
If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive,
the MIL will illuminate. — Second Trip
A/T-related parts for which the MIL illuminates during the first or second test drive are listed below.
TF
PD
MIL
Items
One trip detection
Shift solenoid valve A — DTC: P0750
X
Shift solenoid valve B — DTC: P0755
X
Accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor) or
switch — DTC: P1705
X
Except above
Two trip detection
AX
SU
BR
X
The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation.
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
NAAT0016
ST
RS
NAAT0016S01
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
(
with CONSULT-II or
GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0710, P0720,
P0725, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
쐌 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
쐌 Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction.
However, in case of the Mode II and GST they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still
occurring or occurred in the past and returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC
of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Time
data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
AT-33
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
SAT014K
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
SAT015K
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.
SAT016K
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
NAAT0016S0101
The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated
load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle
speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data,
and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II
or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
detail, refer to EC-111, “CONSULT-II”.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data.
AT-34
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
Priority
1
Freeze frame data
2
3
GI
Items
Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
MA
Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
EM
1st trip freeze frame data
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM
memory is erased.
HOW TO ERASE DTC
LC
NAAT0016S02
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as
described following.
쐌 If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
쐌 When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-86, “Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
쐌 Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
쐌 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC)
쐌 Freeze frame data
쐌 1st trip freeze frame data
쐌 System readiness test (SRT) codes
쐌 Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II)
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
NAAT0016S03
쐌 If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it needs to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-35
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)
SCIA5586E
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST)
NAAT0016S04
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-48.
3. Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details, refer to EC-125, “DESCRIPTION”.
HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS)
NAAT0016S05
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools)”. Refer to AT-48. (The engine warm-up step
can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.)
AT-36
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
=NAAT0183
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON
without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
쐌 If the MIL does not light up, refer to EL-127, “Schematic”.
(Or refer to EC-791, “Wiring Diagram”.)
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction. For detail, refer to
EC-85, “Introduction”.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT964I
EC
CONSULT-II
NAAT0184
After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)” (AT-38), place check marks for results on the “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET”, AT-57. Reference pages are provided following the items.
NOTICE:
1) The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up
timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the
CONSULT-II display. If the difference is noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2) Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on
CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ
slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
쐌 Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
쐌 Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point
where shifts start, and
쐌 Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point
where shifts are completed.
3) Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at
the start of shifting. Gear position is displayed upon completion
of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
4) Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Operation Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II unit.
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
NAAT0184S07
Function
Reference
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and
more accurately by following the indications on CONSULT-II.
—
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly.
Refer to AT-38
Data monitor
Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Refer to AT-40
CAN diagnostic support
monitor
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication
can be read.
—
Function test
Performed by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine
whether each system is “OK” or “NG”.
—
DTC work support
Select the operating condition to confirm Diagnostic Trouble
Codes.
TCM part number
TCM part number can be read.
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
Refer to AT-44
—
EL
IDX
AT-37
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
NAAT0184S01
1.
Turn on CONSULT-II and touch “ENGINE” for OBD-II detected
items or touch “A/T” for TCM self-diagnosis.
If A/T is not displayed, check TCM power supply and ground
circuit. Refer to AT-95. If result is NG, refer to EL-11, “Schematic”.
2.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
CONSULT-II performs REAL-TIME SELF-DIAGNOSIS.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
SAT014K
SAT987J
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE
NAAT0184S02
TCM self-diagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
Available by
O/D OFF
indicator lamp
Available by
malfunction
indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
—
P0705
X
P0720
X
—
—
P0731*1
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st
gear position even if electrical
circuit is good.
—
P0732*1
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd
gear position even if electrical
circuit is good.
—
P0733*1
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd
gear position even if electrical
circuit is good.
—
P0734*1
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
쐌 A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th
gear position even if electrical
circuit is good.
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” test mode)
Malfunction is detected when ...
“A/T”
“ENGINE”
PNP switch circuit
—
PNP SW/CIRC
Revolution sensor
VHCL SPEED
SEN·A/T
VEH SPD SEN/CIR
AT
Vehicle speed sensor (Meter)
VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR
—
A/T 1st gear function
—
A/T 2nd gear function
—
A/T 3rd gear function
—
A/T 4th gear function
—
쐌 TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal (based on
the gear position) from the
switch.
쐌 TCM does not receive the
proper voltage signal from the
sensor.
쐌 TCM does not receive the
proper voltage signal from the
sensor.
AT-38
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
TCM self-diagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
Available by
O/D OFF
indicator lamp
Available by
malfunction
indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
—
P0744*1
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” test mode)
MA
Malfunction is detected when ...
“A/T”
“ENGINE”
A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up)
—
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
SHIFT SOLENOID/V
A
SFT SOL A/CIRC
SFT SOL B/CIRC
쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate
the solenoid valve.
Shift solenoid valve B
SHIFT SOLENOID/V
B
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
OVERRUN CLUTCH
S/V
O/R CLUCH SOL/
CIRC
T/C clutch solenoid valve
T/C CLUTCH SOL/V
TCC SOLENOID/
CIRC
Line pressure solenoid valve
LINE PRESSURE
S/V
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
Accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle
position sensor)
THROTTLE POSI
SEN
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
ENGINE SPEED SIG
A/T fluid temperature sensor
ATF TEMP SEN/
CIRC
CAN communication
CAN COMM LINE
—
Turbine revolution sensor
TURBINE REV
—
TCM (RAM)
CONTROL UNIT
(RAM)
쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate
the solenoid valve.
쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate
the solenoid valve.
쐌 TCM receives an excessively
low or high voltage from the
sensor.
EM
LC
EC
X
P0750
FE
X
P0755
X
P1760
X
P0740
X
P0745
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
X
P1705
SU
쐌 TCM receives an excessively
low or high voltage from the
sensor.
쐌 The CAN communication line is
open or shorted.
쐌 TCM does not receive the
proper voltage signal from the
sensor.
X
P0725
X
P0710
BR
ST
RS
X
EC-57
BT
X
—
HA
쐌 TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning.
—
—
쐌 TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning.
—
—
—
TCM (ROM)
CONTROL UNIT
(ROM)
쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate
the solenoid valve.
쐌 TCM does not receive the
proper voltage signal from the
ECM.
Engine speed signal
BATT/FLUID TEMP
SEN
쐌 A/T cannot perform lock-up
even if electrical circuit is good.
쐌 TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate
the solenoid valve.
Shift solenoid valve A
GI
SC
EL
—
IDX
AT-39
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
TCM self-diagnosis
OBD-II (DTC)
Available by
O/D OFF
indicator lamp
Available by
malfunction
indicator lamp*2,
“ENGINE” on CONSULT-II or GST
—
—
X
—
X
X
Detected items
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” test mode)
Malfunction is detected when ...
“A/T”
“ENGINE”
쐌 TCM memory (EEP ROM) is
malfunctioning.
TCM (EEP ROM)
CONTROL UNIT
(EEP ROM)
—
Initial start
INITIAL START
—
No failure
(NO DTC IS DETECTED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED)
쐌 This is not a malfunction message (Whenever shutting off a
power supply to the TCM, this
message appears on the
screen.)
쐌 No failure has been detected.
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
*1: These malfunctions cannot be displayed by MIL
*2: Refer to EC-102, “DESCRIPTION”.
if another malfunction is assigned to MIL.
DATA MONITOR MODE (A/T)
NAAT0184S03
Selection monitor item
Item
Display
Vehicle speed sensor 1
(A/T)
(Revolution sensor)
VHCL/S SE·A/T
[km/h] or [mph]
Vehicle speed sensor 2
(Meter)
VHCL/S
SE·MTR
[km/h] or [mph]
TCM
MAIN
INPUT
SIGNALS
SIGNALS
X
X
Accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle
position sensor)
THRTL POS
SEN
[V]
A/T fluid temperature
sensor
FLUID TEMP
SE
[V]
Battery voltage
BATTERY VOLT
[V]
X
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
—
—
—
왔
왔
Description
쐌 Vehicle speed computed from signal of
revolution sensor is
displayed.
When racing engine in
“N” or “P” position with
vehicle stationary, CONSULT-II data may not
indicate 0 km/h (0 mph).
쐌 Vehicle speed computed from signal of
vehicle speed sensor
is displayed.
Vehicle speed display
may not be accurate
under approx. 10 km/h
(6 mph). It may not indicate 0 km/h (0 mph)
when vehicle is stationary.
왔
쐌 Accelerator pedal
position sensor
(throttle position sensor) signal voltage is
displayed.
X
—
왔
쐌 A/T fluid temperature
sensor signal voltage
is displayed.
쐌 Signal voltage lowers
as fluid temperature
rises.
X
—
왔
쐌 Source voltage of
TCM is displayed.
AT-40
Remarks
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
GI
Selection monitor item
Item
Engine speed
Turbine revolution sensor
Overdrive control switch
PN position switch
R position switch
D position switch
2 position switch
1 position switch
ASCD cruise signal
Display
ENGINE
SPEED
[rpm]
TURBINE REV
[rpm]
OVERDRIVE
SW
[ON/OFF]
PN POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
R POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]
D POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]
2 POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]
1 POSITION
SW
[ON/OFF]
TCM
MAIN
INPUT
SIGNALS
SIGNALS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
왔
왔
—
KICKDOWN
SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
—
Description
Engine speed display
may not be accurate
under approx. 800 rpm.
It may not indicate 0
rpm even when engine
is not running.
쐌 Turbine revolution
computed from signal
of turbine revolution
sensor is displayed.
Error may occur under
approx. 800 rpm and will
not indicate 0 rpm even
if engine is not running.
왔
왔
쐌 ON/OFF state computed from signal of
PN position SW is
displayed.
왔
쐌 ON/OFF state computed from signal of R
position SW is displayed.
왔
쐌 ON/OFF state computed from signal of D
position SW is displayed.
왔
쐌 ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 2
position SW, is displayed.
왔
쐌 ON/OFF status, computed from signal of 1
position SW, is displayed.
왔
쐌 Status of ASCD
cruise signal is displayed.
ON ... Cruising state
OFF ... Normal running state
왔
왔
Remarks
쐌 Engine speed, computed from engine
speed signal, is displayed.
쐌 ON/OFF state computed from signal of
overdrive control SW
is displayed.
ASCD-OD CUT
[ON/OFF]
X
Kickdown switch
X
ASCD-CRUISE
[ON/OFF]
X
ASCD OD cut signal
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
쐌 Status of ASCD OD
release signal is displayed.
ON ... OD released
OFF ... OD not
released
쐌 ON/OFF status, computed from signal of
kickdown SW, is displayed.
MA
HA
SC
쐌 This is displayed even
when no kickdown
switch is equipped.
EL
IDX
AT-41
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
Selection monitor item
Item
A/T mode switch
Display
POWER SHIFT
SW
[ON/OFF]
Closed throttle position
signal
CLOSED
THL/SW
[ON/OFF]
Wide open throttle position signal
W/O THRL/
P-SW
[ON/OFF]
TCM
MAIN
INPUT
SIGNALS
SIGNALS
X
X
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
—
—
왔
쐌 ON/OFF status, computed from signal of
closed throttle position SW, is displayed.
쐌 Signal input with CAN
communication
쐌 ON/OFF status, computed from signal of
wide open throttle
position SW, is displayed.
쐌 Signal input with CAN
communication
X
—
왔
*SHIFT S/V A
[ON/OFF]
—
—
왔
Shift solenoid valve B
*SHIFT S/V B
[ON/OFF]
—
—
왔
Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
*OVRRUN/C
S/V
[ON/OFF]
—
—
왔
A/T mode switch
HOLD SW
[ON/OFF]
X
—
왔
Stop lamp signal
BRAKE SW
[ON/OFF]
Selector lever position
Vehicle speed
Throttle position
Line pressure duty
VEHICLE
SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
THROTTLE
POSI
[/8]
LINE PRES
DTY
[%]
Displays status of check
signal (re-input signal)
for TCM control signal
output. Remains
unchanged when solenoid valves are open or
shorted.
쐌 Not mounted but displayed.
X
—
왔
쐌 ON/OFF status is dis- 쐌 Signal input with CAN
played.
communication
ON ... Brake pedal is
depressed.
OFF ... Brake pedal is
released.
—
X
왔
쐌 Gear position data
used for computation
by TCM, is displayed.
GEAR
SLCT LVR
POSI
Remarks
쐌 Not mounted but displayed.
왔
Shift solenoid valve A
Gear position
Description
—
X
왔
쐌 Selector lever position 쐌 A specific value used
data, used for compufor control is distation by TCM, is displayed if fail-safe is
played.
activated due to error.
—
X
왔
쐌 Vehicle speed data,
used for computation
by TCM, is displayed.
—
—
X
X
AT-42
왔
왔
쐌 Throttle position data,
used for computation
by TCM, is displayed.
쐌 Control value of line
pressure solenoid
valve, computed by
TCM from each input
signal, is displayed.
쐌 A specific value used
for control is displayed if fail-safe is
activated due to error.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
GI
Selection monitor item
Item
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
Display
TCM
MAIN
INPUT
SIGNALS
SIGNALS
왔
쐌 Control value of shift
solenoid valve A,
computed by TCM
from each input
signal, is displayed.
X
왔
쐌 Control value of shift
solenoid valve B,
computed by TCM
from each input
signal, is displayed.
SHIFT S/V B
[ON/OFF]
—
Overrun clutch solenoid
valve
왔
SHIFT S/V A
[ON/OFF]
—
Shift solenoid valve B
X
OVERRUN/C
S/V
[ON/OFF]
Self-diagnosis display
lamp
(O/D OFF indicator
lamp)
SELF-D DP
LMP
[ON/OFF]
Torque converter slip
ratio
TC SLIP RATIO
[0.000]
Torque converter slip
speed
TC SLIP
SPEED
[rpm]
Voltage
Voltage [V]
Frequency
Frequency
[Hz]
—
—
—
X
X
X
—
Description
쐌 Control value of
torque converter
clutch solenoid valve,
computed by TCM
from each input
signal, is displayed.
TCC S/V DUTY
[%]
—
Shift solenoid valve A
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
왔
왔
Remarks
MA
EM
LC
Control value of solenoid is displayed even if
solenoid circuit is disconnected.
The “OFF” signal is displayed if solenoid circuit
is shorted.
EC
FE
CL
MT
쐌 Control value of overrun clutch solenoid
valve computed by
TCM from each input
signal is displayed.
TF
쐌 Control status of O/D
OFF indicator lamp is
displayed.
PD
왔
쐌 Ratio of engine revolution to input shaft
revolution of torque
converter
AX
SU
—
—
왔
Difference in revolution
between input shaft
revolution and input
shaft revolution of
torque converter
—
—
왔
Value measured by voltage probe is displayed.
RS
왔
Value measured by
pulse probe is displayed. If measurement
is impossible, “#” sign is
displayed. “#” sign is
also displayed at the
final data value until the
measurement result is
obtained.
Duty cycle value for
measurement probe is
displayed.
SC
—
—
Duty cycle (high)
DUTY-HI
[%]
—
—
왔
Duty cycle (low)
DUTY-LOW
[%]
—
—
왔
Display doesn’t indicate
0 rpm even if engine is
stopped.
But this isn’t malfunction.
BR
ST
BT
HA
EL
IDX
AT-43
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
Selection monitor item
Item
TCM
MAIN
INPUT
SIGNALS
SIGNALS
Display
SELECTION
FROM
MENU
Plus width (high)
PLS WIDTH-HI
—
—
왔
Plus width (low)
PLS WIDTHLOW
—
—
왔
Description
Remarks
Measured pulse width of
measurement probe is
displayed.
X: Applicable
—: Not applicable
왔: Option
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
NAAT0184S04
NAAT0184S0401
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
5.
Touch “A/T”.
6.
Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”.
SAIA0450E
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
AT-44
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
7.
Touch select item menu (1ST, 2ND, etc.).
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT018K
8.
Touch “START”.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT589J
9.
Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT019K
쐌
When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen
changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT591J
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-45
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
10. Stop vehicle. If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may
exist. Go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
SAT592J
SAT593J
11. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance
with instructions displayed.
SAT594J
12. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
SAT595J
AT-46
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
13. CONSULT-II procedure ended.
If “NG” appears on the screen, a malfunction may exist. Go to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT596J
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT593J
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
DTC work support item
NAAT0184S05
Description
Check item
1ST GR FNCTN P0731
Following items for “A/T 1st gear function (P0731)” can be confirmed.
쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted or not)
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
2ND GR FNCTN P0732
Following items for “A/T 2nd gear function (P0732)” can be confirmed.
쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted or not)
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Each clutch
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
3RD GR FNCTN P0733
Following items for “A/T 3rd gear function (P0733)” can be confirmed.
쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted or not)
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Each clutch
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
Following items for “A/T 4th gear function (P0734)” can be confirmed.
쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted or not)
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
4TH GR FNCTN P0734
TCC S/V FNCTN P0744
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Each clutch
Hydraulic control circuit
TF
PD
AX
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
Each clutch
Hydraulic control circuit
Following items for “A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up) (P0744)” can
쐌 Torque converter clutch solebe confirmed.
noid valve
쐌 Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con쐌 Each clutch
ducted or not)
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
쐌 Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-47
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II
NAAT0206
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH NAAT0206S01
GST)
Refer to EC-125, “DESCRIPTION”.
OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)
NAAT0206S02
Refer to EC-102, “DESCRIPTION”.
TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
NAAT0206S03
Preparation
NAAT0206S0301
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SAT491J
6.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Connect the handy type vacuum pump to the throttle opener
and apply vacuum −25.3 kPa (−190 mmHg, −7.48 inHg).
Disconnect the throttle position switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
Check continuity of the closed throttle position switch.
Continuity should exist.
(If continuity does not exist, check throttle opener and
closed throttle position switch. Then increase vacuum
until closed throttle position switch shows continuity.)
Go to “DIAGNOSIS START” on next page.
SAT132K
AT-48
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
1
GI
CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start the engine with selector lever in “P” position. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
3. Wait 5 seconds.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT967I
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
CL
MT
TF
PD
SAT204K
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Stop procedure. Perform O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On”, AT-221 before
proceeding.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-49
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
2
JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Push shift lock release button.
Move selector lever from “P” to “D” position.
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
Wait 3 seconds.
Push the overdrive control switch in “O/D OFF” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”) If O/D OFF indicator
lamp does not come on, go to step 5 on AT-258.
7. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
SAT968I
8. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position (Do not start engine.).
9. Push the overdrive control switch in “O/D ON” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”).
10. Wait 2 seconds.
11. Move selector lever to “2” position.
12. Push the overdrive control switch in “O/D OFF” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”).
13. Push the overdrive control switch in “O/D OFF” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”).
SAT969I
䊳
GO TO 3.
AT-50
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
GI
JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2
Move selector lever to “1” position.
Push the overdrive control switch in “O/D OFF” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”).
Push the overdrive control switch in “O/D ON” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “OFF”).
Push the overdrive control switch in “O/D OFF” position (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will be “ON”).
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT970I
CL
5. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.
6. Push the overdrive control switch (the O/D OFF indicator lamp will begin to flash “ON” and “OFF”).
MT
TF
PD
SAT981F
GO TO 4.
AX
CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
SU
䊳
4
Check O/D OFF indicator lamp.
Refer to JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE, AT-52.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT204K
䊳
HA
DIAGNOSIS END
SC
EL
IDX
AT-51
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
NAAT0206S04
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
All judgement flickers are same.
1st judgement flicker is longer than others.
SAT666I
SAT667I
All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK.
Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR), AT-117.
2nd judgement flicker is longer than others.
3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.
SAT668I
SAT669I
Vehicle speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL·MTR, AT-200.
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
SENSOR, AT-182.
4th judgement flicker is longer than others.
5th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SAT670I
Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A, AT-174.
SAT671I
Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B, AT-178.
AT-52
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
GI
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
6th judgement flicker is longer than others.
7th judgement flicker is longer than others.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT672I
SAT673I
Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE,
AT-188.
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited
or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE, AT-154.
CL
8th judgement flicker is longer than others.
9th judgement flicker is longer than others.
MT
TF
PD
AX
SAT674I
SAT675I
A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power
source circuit is damaged.
⇒ Go to DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND TCM POWER SOURCE), AT-193.
Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL, AT-122.
10th judgement flicker is longer than others.
11th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT676I
Turbine revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC Turbine Revolution Sensor, AT-209.
SAT677I
Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
⇒ Go to DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE,
AT-168.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-53
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II (Cont’d)
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
12th judgement flicker is longer than others.
Flickers as shown below.
SAT678I
CAN communication line is open or shorted.
⇒ Go to DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE, AT-206.
SAT679I
Battery power is low.
Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
Battery is connected conversely.
(When reconnecting TCM connectors. — This is not a problem.)
SAT705K
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch, overdrive control switch,
closed throttle position signal or wide-open throttle position signal circuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged.
⇒ Go to 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP,
Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
Circuit Checks), AT-258.
t1 = 2.5 seconds
t2 = 2.0 seconds
t3 = 1.0 second
t4 = 1.0 second
AT-54
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction
Introduction
SAT631IB
SAT632I
NAAT0019
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, throttle
position sensor or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up
control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the
A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is
capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can
store malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good
operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve
malfunction, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this
case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the
replacement of good parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-59.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with
a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such problems, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and
under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the
example (AT-57) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically
controlled engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
SEF234G
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-55
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information From Customer
KEY POINTS
WHAT ..... Vehicle & A/T model
WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
WHERE..... Road conditions
HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
Customer name
MR/MS
Model & Year
VIN
Trans. model
Engine
Mileage
Incident Date
Manuf. Date
In Service Date
Frequency
쏔 Continuous
Symptoms
쏔 Vehicle does not move.
쏔 No up-shift
쏔 Intermittent (
times a day)
(쏔 Any position 쏔 Particular position)
(쏔 1st , 2nd 쏔 2nd , 3rd
쏔 No down-shift
(쏔 O/D , 3rd
쏔 3rd , O/D)
쏔 3rd , 2nd 쏔 2nd , 1st)
쏔 Lockup malfunction
쏔 Shift point too high or too low.
쏔 Shift shock or slip
(쏔 N , D
쏔 Lockup
쏔 Any drive position)
쏔 Noise or vibration
쏔 No kickdown
쏔 No pattern select
쏔 Others
(
O/D OFF indicator lamp
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
)
Blinks for about 8 seconds.
쏔 Continuously lit
쏔 Not lit
쏔 Continuously lit
쏔 Not lit
AT-56
=NAAT0019S01
NAAT0019S0101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
Diagnostic Worksheet
=NAAT0019S0102
1.
쏔 Read the Fail-safe Remarks and listen to customer complaints.
AT-8
2.
쏔 CHECK A/T FLUID
AT-61
쏔 Leakage (Follow specified procedure)
쏔 Fluid condition
쏔 Fluid level
3.
쏔 Stall test — Mark possible damaged components/others.
AT-61,
AT-64
쏔 Low & reverse brake
쏔 Low one-way clutch
쏔 Engine
쏔 Line pressure is low
쏔 Clutches and brakes except high clutch and
brake band are OK
Torque converter one-way clutch
Reverse clutch
Forward clutch
Overrun clutch
Forward one-way clutch
LC
EC
FE
쏔 Pressure test — Suspected parts:
4.
MA
EM
Perform STALL TEST and LINE PRESSURE TEST.
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
GI
CL
쏔 Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures.
AT-65
4-1.
AT-66
Check before engine is started.
MT
쏔 O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-221.
쏔 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE - Mark detected items.
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
4-2.
DTC P0705 PNP switch, AT-105.
DTC P0710 A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-111.
DTC P0720 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-117.
DTC P0725 Engine speed signal, AT-122.
DTC P0740 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-154.
DTC P0745 Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-168.
DTC P0750 Shift solenoid valve A, AT-174.
DTC P0755 Shift solenoid valve B, AT-178.
DTC P1705 Accelerator pedal position sensor, AT-182.
DTC P1760 Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-188.
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source), AT-193.
DTC Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-200.
DTC Turbine revolution sensor, AT-209.
DTC U1000 CAN communication line, AT-206.
DTC Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-214.
DTC Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-216.
PNP, overdrive control and accelerator pedal position sensor, AT-258.
Battery
Others
Check at idle
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
AT-68
Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” And “N” Position, AT-223.
In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed, AT-224.
In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-225.
Large Shock. “N” , “R” Position, AT-227.
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position, AT-229.
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position, AT-232.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-57
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Introduction (Cont’d)
4.
4-3.
Cruise test
AT-69
AT-73
Part-1
쏔 Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1, AT-235.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2, AT-238.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3, AT-241.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4, AT-244.
쏔 A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up, AT-247.
쏔 A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-249.
쏔 Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-251.
쏔 Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3), AT-252.
Part-2
AT-77
쏔 Vehicle Does Not Start From D1, AT-254.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2, AT-238.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3, AT-241.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4, AT-244.
Part-3
AT-79
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D4 , D3 When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” , “OFF”, AT-255
쏔 Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In D3 ), AT-252.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , 22, When Selector Lever “D” , “2” Position, AT-256.
쏔 Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In 22 ), AT-252.
쏔 A/T Does Not Shift: 22 , 11, When Selector Lever “2” , “1” Position, AT-257.
쏔 Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-258.
쏔 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
DTC P0705 PNP switch, AT-105.
DTC P0710 A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-111.
DTC P0720 Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-117.
DTC P0725 Engine speed signal, AT-122.
DTC P0740 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-154.
DTC P0745 Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-168.
DTC P0750 Shift solenoid valve A, AT-174.
DTC P0755 Shift solenoid valve B, AT-178.
DTC P1705 Accelerator pedal position sensor, AT-182.
DTC P1760 Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-188.
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source), AT-193.
DTC Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-200.
DTC Turbine revolution sensor, AT-209.
DTC U1000 CAN communication line, AT-206.
DTC Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-214.
DTC Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-216.
PNP, overdrive control and accelerator pedal position sensor, AT-258.
Battery
Others
5.
쏔 For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts.
AT-38
6.
쏔 Perform all ROAD TEST and re-mark required procedures.
AT-65
7.
쏔 Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for following MIL indicating items and check out NG items.
Refer to EC-86, “Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.
EC-86
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
쏔
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
(P0731,
(P0732,
(P0733,
(P0734,
(P0744,
1103) A/T 1st gear function, AT-126.
1104) A/T 2nd gear function, AT-132.
1105) A/T 3rd gear function, AT-138.
1106) A/T 4th gear function, AT-144.
1107) A/T TCC S/V function (lock-up), AT-159.
8.
쏔 Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged
parts.
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible
symptoms and the component inspection orders.)
AT-95
AT-103
9.
쏔 Erase DTC from TCM and ECM memories.
AT-35
AT-58
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Work Flow
Work Flow
HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR
NAAT0020
GI
NAAT0020S01
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms
or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, “INFORMATION FROM CUSTOMER” (AT-56) and “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” (AT-57), to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
Work Flow (Cont’d)
WORK FLOW CHART
NAAT0020S02
SAT086JF
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
*6:
AT-56
AT-57
AT-8
AT-61
AT-61, 64
AT-65
*7:
*8:
*9:
*10:
*11:
*12:
*13:
*14:
*15:
*16:
*17:
*18:
AT-37
AT-33
AT-52
AT-105
AT-216
AT-218
AT-60
AT-258
AT-83
AT-35
AT-106
AT-216
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
A/T Fluid Check
A/T Fluid Check
NAAT0021
FLUID LEAKAGE CHECK
1.
2.
3.
4.
NAAT0021S01
Clean area suspected of leaking. — for example, mating surface of converter housing and transmission case.
Start engine, apply foot brake, place selector lever in “D” position and wait a few minutes.
Stop engine.
Check for fresh leakage.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FLUID CONDITION CHECK
NAAT0021S02
Fluid color
SAT638A
GI
Suspected problem
FE
Dark or black with burned odor
Wear of frictional material
Milky pink
Water contamination — Road water
entering through filler tube or breather
CL
Varnished fluid, light to dark brown
and tacky
Oxidation — Over or under filling, —
Overheating
MT
FLUID LEVEL CHECK
NAAT0021S03
Refer to MA-22, “Checking A/T Fluid”.
TF
PD
AX
SU
Stall Test
STALL TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.
NAAT0022
NAAT0022S01
Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid
and oil.
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until fluid and oil reach
operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature:
50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT647B
3.
4.
쐌
Set parking brake and block wheels.
Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test.
It is good practice to put a mark on point of specified
engine rpm on indicator.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT513G
AT-61
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Stall Test (Cont’d)
5.
6.
7.
쐌
Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D”
position.
Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot
brake.
Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately
release throttle.
During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5
seconds.
Stall revolution:
Refer to SDS, AT-356.
SAT514G
8.
9.
쐌
10.
Move selector lever to “N” position.
Cool off ATF.
Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in “2”, “1” and “R”
positions.
SAT771B
JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST
NAAT0022S02
The test result and possible damaged components relating to each
result are shown in the illustration. In order to pinpoint the possible
damaged components, refer to “Work Flow”, AT-59.
NOTE:
Stall revolution is too high in “D” or “2” position:
쐌 Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears. .....
Low one-way clutch slippage
쐌 Slippage occurs at the following gears:
1st through 3rd gears in “D” position and engine brake functions.
1st and 2nd gears in “2” position and engine brake functions
with accelerator pedal released (fully closed throttle). ..... Forward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage
Stall revolution is too high in “R” position:
쐌 Engine brake does not function in “1” position. ..... Low &
reverse brake slippage
쐌 Engine brake functions in “1” position. ..... Reverse clutch slippage
Stall revolution within specifications:
쐌 Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50
MPH). ..... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter housing
CAUTION:
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnormally.
쐌 Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in “D” position. ..... High
clutch slippage
쐌 Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in “D” position. ..... Brake
band slippage
쐌 Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in “D”
position, 2nd gear in 2nd position, and 1st position. ..... Overrun clutch slippage
AT-62
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Stall Test (Cont’d)
Stall revolution less than specifications:
쐌 Poor acceleration during starts. ..... One-way clutch slippage in
torque converter
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT392H
AT-63
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Line Pressure Test
Line Pressure Test
쐌
쐌
NAAT0023
Location of line pressure test ports.
Always replace line pressure plugs as they are self-sealing bolts.
SAT209GA
LINE PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE
1.
2.
NAAT0023S01
Check A/T fluid and engine oil levels. If necessary, add fluid
and oil.
Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes or until fluid and oil reach
operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature:
50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
SAT647B
3.
Install pressure gauge to corresponding line pressure port.
4.
쐌
Set parking brake and block wheels.
Continue to depress brake pedal fully while line pressure
test is being performed at stall speed.
SAT518GB
SAT519GB
SAT513G
AT-64
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Line Pressure Test (Cont’d)
5.
쐌
Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the
stall test procedure.
Line pressure:
Refer to SDS, AT-356.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT493G
JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST
Judgement
EC
NAAT0023S02
Suspected parts
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Line pressure is low in all positions.
Oil pump wear
Control piston damage
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Spring for pressure regulator valve damaged
Fluid pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve
Clogged strainer
쐌 Fluid pressure leakage between manual valve and particular clutch
쐌 For example, line pressure is:
— Low in “R” and “1” positions, but
— Normal in “D” and “2” positions.
Then, fluid leakage exists at or around low and reverse brake circuit.
Refer to “CLUTCH AND BAND CHART”, AT-17.
Line pressure is low in particular position.
At idle
Line pressure is high.
Line pressure is low.
At stall speed
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Mal-adjustment of throttle position sensor
Fluid temperature sensor damaged
Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
Pressure modifier valve sticking
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Open in dropping resistor circuit
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Mal-adjustment of throttle position sensor
Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
Pressure modifier valve sticking
Pilot valve sticking
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
Road Test
DESCRIPTION
쐌
쐌
1.
2.
3.
NAAT0024
HA
NAAT0024S01
The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of
A/T and analyze causes of problems.
The road test consists of the following three parts:
Check before engine is started
Check at idle
Cruise test
SC
EL
IDX
SAT786A
AT-65
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
쐌
쐌
Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures
and items to check.
Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found.
Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test.
Refer to “ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION” and “TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS”,
AT-33 - AT-52 and AT-218 - AT-258.
SAT496G
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED
1
NAAT0024S02
CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
SAT967I
4. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
5. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
SAT204K
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Stop Road Test. Go to “O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On”, AT-221.
AT-66
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
2
GI
CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
Does O/D OFF indicator lamp flicker for about 8 seconds?
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT204K
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (No Tools),
AT-48.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
FE
CL
MT
CHECK NG ITEM
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items.
Refer to TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE (No Tools), AT-48.
䊳
Go to “2. CHECK AT IDLE”, AT-68.
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
2. CHECK AT IDLE
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
=NAAT0024S03
CHECK ENGINE START
Park vehicle on flat surface.
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
Turn ignition switch to start position.
Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Go to “Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position”, AT-223.
2
1.
2.
3.
4.
CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Move selector lever to “D”, “1”, “2” or “R” position.
Turn ignition switch to start position.
Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Go to “Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position”, AT-223.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
Move selector lever to “P” position.
Release parking brake.
Push vehicle forward or backward.
Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward?
SAT796A
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Go to “In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed”, AT-224.
No
䊳
GO TO 4.
4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
Apply parking brake.
Move selector lever to “N” position.
Turn ignition switch to “START” position and start engine.
Release parking brake.
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Go to “In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves”, AT-225.
No
䊳
GO TO 5.
AT-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
5
GI
CHECK SHIFT SHOCK
1. Apply foot brake.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Is there large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position?
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT082J
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Go to “Large Shock. “N” , “R” Position”, AT-227.
No
䊳
GO TO 6.
6
CL
MT
CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Release foot brake for several seconds.
2. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 7.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position”, AT-229.
7
TF
PD
CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
AX
1. Move selector lever to “D”, “2” and “1” position and check if vehicle creeps forward.
2. Does vehicle creep forward in all three positions?
SU
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Go to “CRUISE TEST”, AT-69.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position”, AT-232.
BR
ST
RS
BT
3. CRUISE TEST
쐌
With CONSULT-II
쐌
쐌
NAAT0024S04
Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3.
NAAT0024S0401
Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result.
Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place
as per “Shift Schedule”.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT601J
AT-69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
NAAT0024S0402
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
5.
Touch “A/T”.
6.
Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
7.
8.
Touch “MAIN SIGNALS” or “TCM INPUT SIGNALS”.
See “Numerical Display”, “Barchart Display” or “Line Graph
Display”.
SAIA0450E
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
SAT175K
AT-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
9.
Touch “SETTING” to set recording condition (“AUTO TRIG” or
“MANU TRIG”) and touch “BACK”.
10. Touch “Start”.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT973J
11. When performing cruise test, touch “RECORD”.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT134K
12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch “STOP”.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT135K
13. Touch “STORE” and touch “BACK”.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT987J
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT974J
AT-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
14.
15.
16.
17.
Touch “DISPLAY”.
Touch “PRINT”.
Check the monitor data printed out.
Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.
SAT975J
Without CONSULT-II
쐌
NAAT0024S0403
Accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor) can
be checked by voltage across terminals 41 and 42 of TCM.
SAT513J
AT-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
Cruise Test — Part 1
1
=NAAT0024S0404
GI
CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1) POSITION
MA
1. Drive vehicle for approx. 10 minutes to warm engine oil and ATF up to operating temperature.
ATF operating temperature:
50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F)
2. Park vehicle on flat surface.
3. Set overdrive control switch to “ON” position.
4. Move selector lever to “P” position.
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT001J
5. Start engine.
6. Move selector lever to “D” position.
MT
TF
PD
SAT952I
7. Accelerate vehicle by constantly depressing accelerator pedal halfway.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT953I
8. Does vehicle start from D1?
Read gear position.
RS
Yes or No
BT
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1”, AT-235.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
2
CHECK SHIFT UP (D1 TO D2)
Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D1 to D2:
Refer to Shift schedule, AT-356.
SAT954I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2 or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2”, AT-238.
3
CHECK SHIFT UP (D2 TO D3)
Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D2 to D3:
Refer to Shift schedule, AT-356.
SAT955I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 4.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3”, AT-241.
AT-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
4
GI
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D3 to D4:
Refer to Shift schedule, AT-356.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT956I
FE
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 5.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4”, AT-244.
CL
MT
5
CHECK LOCK-UP (D4 TO D4 L/U)
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Read vehicle speed, throttle position when lock-up duty becomes 94%.
Specified speed when lock-up occurs:
Refer to Shift schedule, AT-356.
TF
PD
AX
SAT957I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 6.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up”, AT-247.
SU
BR
ST
6
CHECK HOLD LOCK-UP
Does A/T hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds?
RS
Yes or No
BT
Yes
䊳
GO TO 7.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition”, AT-249.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
7
CHECK LOCK-UP OFF (D4 L/U TO D4)
1. Release accelerator pedal.
2. Is lock-up released when accelerator pedal is released?
SAT958I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 8.
No
䊳
Go to “Lock-up Is Not Released”, AT-251.
8
CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3)
1. Decelerate vehicle by applying foot brake lightly.
2. Does engine speed return to idle smoothly when A/T is shifted from D4 to D3?
Read gear position and engine speed.
SAT959I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to “Cruise Test — Part 2”, AT-77.
No
䊳
Go to “Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-252.
AT-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
Cruise Test — Part 2
1
1.
2.
3.
4.
=NAAT0024S0405
GI
CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1) POSITION
MA
Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position.
Confirm selector lever is in “D” position.
Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again.
Does vehicle start from D1?
Read gear position.
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT495G
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Start From D1”, AT-254.
2
MT
CHECK SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN (D3 TO D4 TO D2)
TF
1. Accelerate vehicle to 80 km/h (50 MPH) as shown in illustration.
2. Release accelerator pedal and then quickly depress it fully.
3. Does A/T shift from D4 to D2 as soon as accelerator pedal is depressed fully?
Read gear position and throttle position.
PD
AX
SU
BR
SAT404H
ST
Yes or No
RS
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4, AT-244 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2”, AT-238.
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
3
CHECK SHIFT UP (D2 TO D3)
Does A/T shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
Specified speed when shifting from D2 to D3:
Refer to Shift schedule, AT-356.
SAT960I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 4.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3”, AT-241.
4
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4) AND ENGINE BRAKE
Release accelerator pedal after shifting from D2 to D3.
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 and does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Read gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed.
SAT405H
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
1. Stop vehicle.
2. Go to “Cruise test — Part 3”, AT-79.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , D4”, AT-244.
AT-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
Cruise Test — Part 3
1
=NAAT0024S0406
GI
VEHICLE SPEED D4 POSITION
MA
1. Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position.
2. Confirm selector lever is in “D” position.
3. Accelerate vehicle using half-throttle to D4.
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT812A
䊳
CL
GO TO 2.
MT
2
CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3)
1. Release accelerator pedal.
2. Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position while driving in D4.
3. Does A/T shift from D4 to D3 (O/D OFF)?
Read gear position and vehicle speed.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT999IA
BR
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D4 , D3, When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” , “OFF”,
AT-255.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
3
CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
SAT999IA
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 4.
No
䊳
Go to “Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-252.
4
CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D3 TO 22)
1. Move selector lever from “D” to “2” position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF).
2. Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to 22?
Read gear position.
SAT791GB
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 5.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 , 22, When Selector Lever “D” , “2” Position”, AT-256.
AT-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
5
GI
CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT791GB
FE
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 6.
No
䊳
Go to “Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-252.
6
CL
MT
CHECK SHIFT DOWN (22 TO 11)
1. Move selector lever from “2” to “1” position while driving in 22.
2. Does A/T shift from 22 to 11 position?
TF
PD
AX
SAT778B
SU
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 7.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: 22 , 11, When Selector lever “2” , “1” Position”, AT-257.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
Road Test (Cont’d)
7
CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
SAT778B
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
1. Stop vehicle.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools),
AT-48.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake”, AT-258.
AT-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart
Symptom Chart
NAAT0233
Numbers are arranged in order of inspection.
Perform inspections starting with number one and work up.
Items
Symptom
Torque converter
is not locked up.
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
No Lock-up
Engagement/TCC
Inoperative
Torque converter
clutch piston slip.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Lock-up point is
extremely high or
low.
AT-247
Shift Shock
Sharp shock in
shifting from N to
D position.
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
3. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
4. Engine speed signal
AT-122
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-111
6. Line pressure test
AT-64
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-154
8. Control valve assembly
AT-272
9. Torque converter
AT-286
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-154
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. Torque converter
AT-286
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-154
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-792
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-111
5. Engine speed signal
AT-122
6. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
7. Control valve assembly
AT-272
8. Accumulator N-D
AT-272
9. Turbine revolution sensor
AT-209
10. Forward clutch
AT-320
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
OFF vehicle
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Too sharp a
shock in change
from D1 to D2.
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Too sharp a
shock in change
from D2 to D3.
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Accumulator servo release
AT-272
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-111
6. Brake band
AT-333
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Control valve assembly
AT-272
4. High clutch
AT-317
5. Brake band
AT-333
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Control valve assembly
AT-272
4. Brake band
AT-333
5. Overrun clutch
AT-320
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-188
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
1. Control valve assembly
AT-272
2. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
OFF vehicle
Shift Shock
Too sharp a
shock in change
from D3 to D4.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Gear change
shock felt during
deceleration by
releasing accelerator pedal.
ON vehicle
Large shock
ON vehicle
changing from 12
to 11 in 1 position. ON vehicle
AT-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Condition
Too high a gear
change point from
D1 to D2, from D2
ON vehicle
to D3, from D3 to
D4.
AT-238, 241, 244
Improper Shift
Timing
Gear change
ON vehicle
directly from D1 to
D3 occurs.
OFF vehicle
Too high a
change point from
D4 to D3, from D3 ON vehicle
to D2, from D2 to
D1.
Kickdown does
not operate when
depressing pedal
in D4 within kickdown vehicle
speed.
Improper Shift
Timing
ON vehicle
Kickdown operates or engine
overruns when
depressing pedal ON vehicle
in D4 beyond kickdown vehicle
speed limit.
Gear change from
22 to 23 in 2 posi- ON vehicle
tion.
Gear change from
11 to 12 in 1 posi- ON vehicle
tion.
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
GI
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accumulator servo release
AT-272
3. Brake band
AT-333
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
FE
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
CL
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
MT
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
1. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
MA
EM
LC
EC
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Failure to change
gear from D4 to
D3.
Condition
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-188
4. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
8. Overrun clutch
AT-320
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. High clutch
AT-317
7. Brake band
AT-333
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-182
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. Low one-way clutch
AT-328
7. High clutch
AT-317
8. Brake band
AT-333
OFF vehicle
No Down Shift
Failure to change
gear from D3 to
D2 or from D4 to
D2.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Failure to change
gear from D2 to
D1 or from D3 to
D1.
OFF vehicle
AT-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Failure to change
from D3 to 22
when changing
lever into 2 position.
AT-252
No Down Shift
Condition
ON vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-188
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
8. Brake band
AT-333
9. Overrun clutch
AT-320
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
CL
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
MT
Does not change
from 12 to 11 in 1
position.
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-188
6. Overrun clutch
AT-320
7. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
6. Brake band
AT-333
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
6. High clutch
AT-317
7. Brake band
AT-333
MA
EM
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
GI
LC
EC
FE
TF
OFF vehicle
Failure to change
gear from D1 to
D2.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
No Up Shift
Failure to change
gear from D2 to
D3.
ON vehicle
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
OFF vehicle
SC
EL
IDX
AT-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Failure to change
gear from D3 to
D4.
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
5. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-111
6. Brake band
AT-333
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
3. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
4. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-188
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-111
8. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
9. Brake band
AT-333
10. Overrun clutch
AT-320
1. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. Reverse clutch
AT-314
6. High clutch
AT-317
7. Forward clutch
AT-320
8. Overrun clutch
AT-320
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
ON vehicle
1. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
OFF vehicle
2. Low one-way clutch
AT-328
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
No Up Shift
A/T does not shift ON vehicle
to D4 when driving with overdrive
control switch ON.
OFF vehicle
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Vehicle will not
run in R position
(but runs in D, 2
and 1 positions).
Clutch slips.
Very poor acceleration.
AT-229
Vehicle will not
run in D and 2
positions (but
runs in 1 and R
positions).
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
AT-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Vehicle will not
run in D, 1, 2
positions (but
runs in R position). Clutch slips.
Very poor acceleration.
AT-232
Condition
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Clutches or
brakes slip somewhat in starting.
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
No creep at all.
AT-229, 232
OFF vehicle
Almost no shock
or clutches slipping in change
from D1 to D2.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. Accumulator N-D
AT-272
6. Reverse clutch
AT-314
7. High clutch
AT-317
8. Forward clutch
AT-320
9. Forward one-way clutch
AT-330
10. Low one-way clutch
AT-328
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
4. Line pressure test
AT-64
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. Accumulator N-D
AT-272
8. Forward clutch
AT-320
9. Reverse clutch
AT-314
10. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
11. Oil pump
AT-297
12. Torque converter
AT-286
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Control valve assembly
AT-272
4. Forward clutch
AT-320
5. Oil pump
AT-297
6. Torque converter
AT-286
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Accumulator servo release
AT-272
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. Brake band
AT-333
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
Almost no shock
or slipping in
change from D2 to
D3 .
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. High clutch
AT-317
6. Forward clutch
AT-320
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Control valve assembly
AT-272
5. High clutch
AT-317
6. Brake band
AT-333
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. High clutch
AT-317
7. Forward clutch
AT-320
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. Brake band
AT-333
8. Forward clutch
AT-320
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. A/T fluid temperature sensor
AT-111
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Almost no shock
or slipping in
change from D3 to
D4 .
OFF vehicle
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
to D3 when
depressing pedal.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
to D2 when
depressing pedal.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D3
to D2 when
depressing pedal.
ON vehicle
AT-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D3
to D2 when
depressing pedal.
Races extremely
fast or slips in
changing from D4
or D3 to D1 when
depressing pedal.
Condition
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
Slips/Will Not
Engage
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
7. Brake band
AT-333
8. Forward clutch
AT-320
9. High clutch
AT-317
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. Forward clutch
AT-320
7. Forward one-way clutch
AT-330
8. Low one-way clutch
AT-328
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
5. Oil pump
AT-297
6. High clutch
AT-317
7. Brake band
AT-333
8. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
9. Torque converter
AT-286
10. Parking pawl components
AT-337
1. Ignition switch and starter
EL-16, and SC-10
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
1. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Line pressure test
AT-64
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
5. Engine speed signal
AT-122
6. Oil pump
AT-297
7. Torque converter
AT-286
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
ON vehicle
Vehicle will not
run in any position.
TF
PD
OFF vehicle
Engine cannot be
started in P and N
ON vehicle
positions.
AT-223
Engine starts in
positions other
than P and N.
AT-223
ON vehicle
NOT USED
Transmission
noise in P and N
positions.
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Condition
Vehicle moves
when changing
ON vehicle
into P position or
parking gear does
not disengage
when shifted out
OFF vehicle
of P position.
AT-224
Vehicle runs in N
position.
AT-225
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
2. Parking pawl components
AT-337
1. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
2. Forward clutch
AT-320
3. Reverse clutch
AT-314
4. Overrun clutch
AT-320
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Line pressure test
AT-64
4. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. High clutch
AT-317
7. Brake band
AT-333
8. Forward clutch
AT-320
9. Overrun clutch
AT-320
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-792
1. Engine idling rpm
EC-792
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-154
3. Control valve assembly
AT-272
OFF vehicle
4. Torque converter
AT-286
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Reverse clutch
AT-314
3. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
4. High clutch
AT-317
5. Low one-way clutch
AT-328
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Brake band
AT-333
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Overrun clutch
AT-320
3. Forward one-way clutch
AT-330
4. Reverse clutch
AT-314
ON vehicle
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Vehicle braked
when shifting into
R position.
OFF vehicle
NOT USED
Excessive creep.
Engine stops
when shifting
lever into R, D, 2
and 1.
ON vehicle
ON vehicle
Vehicle braked by
gear change from
OFF vehicle
D1 to D2.
Vehicle braked by ON vehicle
gear change from
OFF vehicle
D2 to D3.
ON vehicle
Vehicle braked by
gear change from
OFF vehicle
D3 to D4.
AT-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Condition
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
3. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
4. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
6. Reverse clutch
AT-314
7. High clutch
AT-317
8. Brake band
AT-333
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
10. Oil pump
AT-297
11. Torque converter
AT-286
ON vehicle
1. Fluid level
AT-61
ON vehicle
2. Torque converter
AT-286
1. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
adjustment
AT-275
2. Manual control linkage adjustment
AT-275
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
AT-117, 200
5. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. Overrun clutch solenoid valve
AT-188
8. Overrun clutch
AT-320
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
ON vehicle
Maximum speed
not attained.
Acceleration poor.
MA
OFF vehicle
NOT USED
Transmission
noise in D, 2, 1
and R positions.
Engine brake
does not operate
in “1” position.
AT-254
ON vehicle
GI
OFF vehicle
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Symptom Chart (Cont’d)
Items
Symptom
Condition
ON vehicle
Transmission
overheats.
Diagnostic Item
Reference Page
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Engine idling rpm
EC-792
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(throttle position sensor)
AT-182
4. Line pressure test
AT-64
5. Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-168
6. Control valve assembly
AT-272
7. Oil pump
AT-297
8. Reverse clutch
AT-314
9. High clutch
AT-317
10. Brake band
AT-333
11. Forward clutch
AT-320
12. Overrun clutch
AT-320
13. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
14. Torque converter
AT-286
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Reverse clutch
AT-314
3. High clutch
AT-317
4. Brake band
AT-333
5. Forward clutch
AT-320
6. Overrun clutch
AT-320
7. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Torque converter
AT-286
3. Oil pump
AT-297
4. Reverse clutch
AT-314
5. High clutch
AT-317
6. Brake band
AT-333
7. Forward clutch
AT-320
8. Overrun clutch
AT-320
9. Low & reverse brake
AT-324
1. Fluid level
AT-61
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
AT-154
3. Shift solenoid valve B
AT-178
4. Shift solenoid valve A
AT-174
5. Control valve assembly
AT-272
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
NOT USED
ATF shoots out
during operation.
White smoke
emitted from
exhaust pipe during operation.
OFF vehicle
ON vehicle
Offensive smell at
fluid charging
OFF vehicle
pipe.
Engine is stopped
at R, D, 2 and 1
ON vehicle
positions.
AT-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TCM Terminals and Reference Value
TCM Terminals and Reference Value
=NAAT0027
PREPARATION
쐌
GI
NAAT0027S01
Measure voltage between each terminal and terminal 25 or 48
by following “TCM INSPECTION TABLE”.
MA
EM
LC
AAT475A
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT217JB
TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUTNAAT0027S02
TCM INSPECTION TABLE
NAAT0027S03
(Data are reference values.)
Terminal
No.
1
2
Wire color
GY
BR/Y
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
Line pressure
solenoid valve
PD
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm1.5 - 3.0V
ing up engine.
AX
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
SU
0V
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm5 - 14V
ing up engine.
Line pressure
solenoid valve
(with dropping
resistor)
TF
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
When A/T performs lock-up.
8 - 15V
When A/T does not perform lock- up.
0V
BR
ST
3
G/OR
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
5
L
CAN (high)
6
R
CAN (low)
—
—
—
—
or
10
W/R
RS
BT
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
Battery voltage
HA
When turning ignition switch to “OFF”.
0V
SC
Power source
EL
IDX
AT-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
Terminal
No.
11
12
19
20
25
26
Wire color
L/W
L/R
W/R
L/B
B
L/Y
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D4”.)
Shift solenoid
valve A
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D2” or “D3”.)
When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D2”.)
Shift solenoid
valve B
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D3” or “D4”.)
Power source
Same as No. 10
Overrun clutch
solenoid valve
When overrun clutch solenoid valve operates.
Battery voltage
When overrun clutch solenoid valve does not
operate.
0V
—
0V
Ground
When setting selector lever to “1” position.
PNP switch “1”
position
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
27
G/W
When setting selector lever to “2” position.
PNP switch “2”
position
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
28
29
R/Y
W
Power source
(Memory back-up)
W
Data link connector (RX)
31*
L
Data link connector (TX)
32
P/B
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
Battery voltage
When vehicle cruises at 30 km/h (19 MPH).
1V or more
Voltage rises
gradually in
response to
vehicle speed.
When vehicle parks.
0V
or
Revolution sensor
(Measure in AC
range)
30*
When turning ignition switch to “OFF”.
or
—
—
—
—
Ignition switch “ON”.
4.5 - 5.5V
Ignition switch “OFF”.
0V
Sensor power
AT-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TCM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)
Terminal
No.
34
Wire color
L
Item
PNP switch “D”
position
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When setting selector lever to “D” position.
Battery voltage
35
Y
When setting selector lever to “R” position.
MA
EM
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
PNP switch “R”
position
GI
Battery voltage
LC
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
36
38
P
W
PNP switch “N” or
“P” position
Turbine revolution
sensor (Measure
in AC range)
When setting selector lever to “N” or “P” posi- Battery volttion.
age
EC
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
FE
When engine is running at 1,000 rpm
1.2V
Voltage rises
gradually in
response to
engine speed.
CL
MT
39
W/B
Engine speed
signal
Refer to EC-149, “ECM INSPECTION
TABLE”.
—
TF
W/L
Vehicle speed
sensor
When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2
MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage varies
between less
than 1.0V and
more than
4.5V.
41
P/L
When depressing accelerator pedal slowly
after warming up engine.
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle
position.)
Fully-closed
throttle:
0.5V - 0.7V
Fully-open
throttle:
4V
AX
Accelerator pedal
position sensor
(throttle position
sensor)
42
B
Sensor ground
—
0V
BR
46
W/G
Transfer control
unit
Refer to TF section, “Transfer Control Unit
Terminals and Reference Value”.
47
R
40
48
B
A/T fluid temperature sensor
—
When ATF temperature is 20°C (68°F).
1.5V
When ATF temperature is 80°C (176°F).
0.5V
Ground
—
0V
PD
SU
ST
RS
BT
*: These terminals are connected to the Data link connector for CONSULT-II.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-97
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description
System Description
NAAT0234
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with
2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Unit
NAAT0235
Go to CAN system, when selecting your car model from the following table.
Body type
Axle
Wide/Wagon
4WD (All-mode)
4WD (Part time)
Engine
2WD
4WD (Part time)
VQ35DE
Brake control
VDC
ABS
CAN communication unit
ECM
X
X
X
X
TCM
X
X
X
X
Transfer control unit
X
Steering angle sensor
X
X
X
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
X
X
X
Combination meter
X
X
X
X
CAN communication type (Reference
page)
Type 1 (EL-447)
Type 2 (EL-447)
Type 3 (EL-447)
CAN system trouble diagnosis (Reference
page)
Type 1 (EL-447)
Type 2 (EL-447)
Type 3 (EL-447)
X: Applicable
TYPE 1
System Diagram
NAAT0235S01
NAAT0235S0101
SEL683Y
AT-98
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
Input/Output Signal Chart
NAAT0235S0102
GI
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Transfer
control unit
ABS actuaSteering
tor and elec- Combination
angle sensor
tric unit
meter
(control unit)
Engine speed signal
T
R
R
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
R
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
VDC operation signal
R
R
T
TCS operation signal
R
R
T
ABS operation signal
R
R
T
Output shaft revolution signal
R
ETC fail signal
T
During shifting signal
R
T
EM
R
LC
EC
FE
CL
R
R
T
R
Steering angle sensor signal
Wheel speed sensor signal
R
MT
R
T
Stop lamp switch signal
MA
R
T
R
T
MIL signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Fuel consumption signal
T
R
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Lock-up prohibition signal
T
R
Lock-up signal
R
T
TF
PD
AX
SU
Neutral range switch signal
R
T
Parking range switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
A/C compressor feedback signal
T
R
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
A/T position indicator signal
T
R
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-99
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 2
System Diagram
NAAT0235S02
NAAT0235S0201
SEL682Y
Input/Output Signal Chart
NAAT0235S0202
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Steering angle
sensor
ABS actuator
and electric
unit (control
unit)
Combination
meter
R
Engine speed signal
T
R
Accelerator pedal position signal
T
R
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
VDC operation signal
R
T
TCS operation signal
R
T
ABS operation signal
R
T
Steering angle sensor signal
T
R
MIL signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Fuel consumption signal
T
R
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
Stop lamp switch signal
R
Lock-up prohibition signal
T
R
Lock-up signal
R
T
T
Neutral range switch signal
R
T
Parking range switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
A/C compressor feedback signal
T
R
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
A/T position indicator signal
T
R
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
AT-100
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN Communication Unit (Cont’d)
TYPE 3
System Diagram
NAAT0235S03
GI
NAAT0235S0301
MA
EM
LC
EC
SEL684Y
FE
Input/Output Signal Chart
NAAT0235S0302
T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals
ECM
TCM
Engine speed signal
T
Closed throttle position signal
T
R
Wide open throttle position signal
T
R
Stop lamp switch signal
Combination meter
CL
R
R
Lock-up prohibition signal
T
R
Lock-up signal
R
T
MT
T
TF
Neutral range switch signal
R
T
Parking range switch signal
R
T
Overdrive control switch signal
R
T
MIL signal
T
R
Engine coolant temperature signal
T
R
Fuel consumption signal
T
R
Vehicle speed signal
R
T
A/C compressor feedback signal
T
R
Fuel level sensor signal
R
T
A/T position indicator signal
T
R
O/D OFF indicator signal
T
R
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN
NAAT0185
MAT311B
AT-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN (Cont’d)
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0185S01
GI
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
10
Wire color
W/R
Item
W/R
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to “OFF”.
0V
Power source
or
19
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
Power source
MA
EM
LC
Same as No. 10
EC
25
B
Ground
—
0V
FE
When turning ignition switch to “OFF”.
28
R/Y
Power source
(Memory back-up)
or
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
48
B
Battery voltage
Ground
—
Battery voltage
CL
MT
0V
TF
PD
AX
SU
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0223
BR
CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M119, M120 terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT611J
SC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
EL
IDX
AT-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
2
CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 28 and ground.
SAT612JC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM harness connector M119, M120 terminals 10, 19 and 28
(Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and 10A or 7.5A fuse [No. 18 or 24, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Refer to EL-11, “Schematic”.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
4
CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector M120 terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to wiring diagram — AT —
MAIN.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
AT-104
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Description
Description
쐌
쐌
NAAT0028
The PNP switch assemble includes a transmission range
switch.
The transmission range switch detects the selector position
and sends a signal to the TCM.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT136K
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0028S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
26
Wire color
L/Y
Item
PNP switch “1”
position
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When setting selector lever to “1” position.
G/W
PNP switch “2”
position
When setting selector lever to “2” position.
PD
Battery voltage
AX
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
27
TF
Battery voltage
SU
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
34
L
PNP switch “D”
position
When setting selector lever to “D” position.
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
35
Y
PNP switch “R”
position
When setting selector lever to “R” position.
ST
Battery voltage
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
36
P
PNP switch “N” or
“P” position
BR
When setting selector lever to “N” or “P” posi- Battery volttion.
age
RS
BT
When setting selector lever to other positions. 0V
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: PNP SW/CIRC
: P0705
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from the switch based on the
gear position.
HA
NAAT0028S03
Check item (Possible cause)
SC
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The PNP switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
쐌 PNP switch
EL
IDX
AT-105
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0028S01
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII.
3) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON” or “OFF”)
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-106
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW
NAAT0186
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT312B
AT-107
IDX
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0029
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “P”, “R”, “N”, “D”, “2” and “1” position switches moving selector lever to each position. Check the signal of the
selector lever position is indicated properly.
SAT643J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
2
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector
lever through each position.
MTBL0205
SAT517J
Does battery voltage exist (B) or non-existent (0)?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 4.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
AT-108
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3
GI
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-109.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness)
쐌 Diode (P, N position)
쐌 Ignition switch and 10A fuse [No. 18, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Refer to EL-11, “Schematic”.
MA
EM
LC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
4
EC
FE
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-106.
CL
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 5.
5
MT
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
TF
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
PD
AX
SU
Component Inspection
NAAT0030
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
1.
Lever position
SAT517GB
NAAT0030S02
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 and between terminals 3 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
BR
ST
Terminal No.
P
1-2
R
3-5
N
1-2
D
3-7
2
3-8
1
3-9
3-4
RS
3-6
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT843BG
AT-109
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Component Inspection (Cont’d)
2.
3.
If NG, check again with manual control linkage disconnected
from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 2, adjust manual control linkage. Refer to AT-275.
SAT807B
4.
5.
6.
If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check continuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-275.
If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
SAT386HC
AT-110
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description
Description
NAAT0031
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT342HA
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT021J
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
NAAT0031S04
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
"
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Approximately 1.5V
"
Approximately 0.5V
Approximately 2.5 kΩ
"
Approximately 0.3 kΩ
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Wire color
42
B
47
R
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
—
0V
When ATF temperature is 20°C (68°F).
1.5V
When ATF temperature is 80°C (176°F).
0.5V
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC
: P0710
AX
SU
Item
Throttle position
sensor
(Ground)
PD
NAAT0031S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
TF
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM receives an excessively low or high
voltage from the sensor.
BR
ST
RS
NAAT0031S03
BT
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-111
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0031S01
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
CMPS·RPM (REF): 450 rpm or more
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-112
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS
NAAT0187
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT313B
AT-113
IDX
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0032
INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
GO TO 6.
2
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following item:
쐌 Harness for short to ground or short to power or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
쐌 Ground circuit for ECM.
Refer to EC-165, “Wiring Diagram”.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-114
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4
GI
CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector on the right side of transfer assmebly.
3. Check resistance between terminals 8 and 9 when A/T is cold [20°C (68°F)].
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT697I
Is resistance approx. 2.5 kΩ?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 7.
No
䊳
GO TO 5.
5
CL
MT
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-116.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
TF
OK or NG
PD
AX
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
6
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
SU
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT518J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-115
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
7
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-112.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 8.
8
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection
NAAT0033
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
쐌
쐌
NAAT0033S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Check resistance between terminals 8 and 9 while changing
temperature as shown at left.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance
20 (68)
Approximately 2.5 kΩ
80 (176)
Approximately 0.3 kΩ
SAT687I
AT-116
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description
Description
NAAT0034
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the out put shaft
parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal
is sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT136K
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0034S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
29
Wire color
W
Item
Revolution sensor
(Measure in AC
range)
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
TF
PD
When vehicle cruises at 30 km/h (19 MPH).
1V or more
Voltage rises
gradually in
response to
vehicle speed.
AX
When vehicle parks.
0V
SU
BR
42
B
Sensor ground
—
0V
ST
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT
: P0720
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
signal from the sensor.
NAAT0034S03
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Revolution sensor
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-117
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0034S01
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
SAT014K
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
2) Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·MTR”
value.
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,
AT-203.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
3) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULTII.
4) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Driving pattern: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine
load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this
test.
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,
AT-120.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
5) Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive
seconds.
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Driving pattern: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine
load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this
test.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
AT-118
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T
NAAT0188
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT314B
AT-119
IDX
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0035
INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)
䊳
GO TO 2.
No (Without CONSULTII)
䊳
GO TO 5.
2
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-121.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace revolution sensor.
4
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and revolution sensor.
쐌 Harness for short or open between revolution sensor and ECM.
쐌 Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-165, “WIRING DIAGRAM”.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-120
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
5
GI
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 29 and ground while driving.
(Measure with AC range.)
Voltage:
At 0 km/h (0 MPH):
0V
At 30 km/h (19 MPH):
1V or more
(Voltage rises gradually in response to vehicle speed.)
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT519J
MT
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
6
TF
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-118.
PD
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 7.
7
AX
SU
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
BR
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
ST
RS
BT
Component Inspection
NAAT0036
REVOLUTION SENSOR
쐌
쐌
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Check resistance between terminals 1, 2 and 3.
Terminal No.
2
500 - 650Ω
2
3
No continuity
1
3
No continuity
AT-121
SC
Resistance
1
SAT210IA
HA
NAAT0036S01
EL
IDX
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Description
Description
NAAT0037
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0037S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
Wire color
Item
39
W/G
Engine speed signal
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
Refer to EC-149, “ECM INSPECTION
TABLE”.
—
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: ENGINE SPEED SIG
: P0725
Malfunction is detected when ...
NAAT0037S03
Check item (Possible cause)
TCM does not receive the proper voltage 쐌 Harness or connectors
signal from ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0037S01
SAT014K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
AT-122
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS
NAAT0189
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT315B
AT-123
IDX
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0038
CHECK DTC WITH ECM
쐌 Check P code with CONSULT-II.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-102, “DESCRIPTION”.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)
䊳
GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULTII)
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Check ignition signal circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-748, “Component Description”.
2
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “ENGINE SPEED”.
Check engine speed changes according to throttle position.
SAT645J
Refer to EC-149, “ECM INSPECTION TABLE”.
Yes
䊳
GO TO 5.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
쐌 Resistor
쐌 Ignition coil
Refer to EC-748, “Component Description”.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-124
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4
GI
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 39 and ground.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT520J
Refer to EC-149, “ECM INSPECTION TABLE”.
Yes
䊳
GO TO 5.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
5
FE
CL
MT
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-122.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
6
TF
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
PD
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
AX
SU
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-125
DTC P0731 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 1ST GEAR POSITION
Description
Description
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0039
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
first gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0039S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
11
Wire color
L/W
12
L/R
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D4”.)
Shift solenoid
valve A
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D2” or “D3”.)
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D2”.)
Shift solenoid
valve B
When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D3” or “D4”.)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
NAAT0039S03
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque
converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (1st) supposed
by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than normal. In case the ratio
exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when either shift solenoid valve A
is stuck open or shift solenoid valve B is stuck open.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A stuck open
2*
2
3
3
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck open
4*
3
3
4
*: P0731 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
: A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
: P0731
Malfunction is detected when ...
A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear
position even if electrical circuit is good.
AT-126
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Each clutch
Hydraulic control circuit
DTC P0731 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 1ST GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
GI
PROCEDURE
NAAT0039S01
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
SAT021J
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
TESTING CONDITIONS:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of
test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “1ST GR FNCTN P0731” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 10 to 20 km/h (6 to 12 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “2” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 10 to 20 km/h (6
to 12 MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-130.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to the
following step.
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “1” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case
a 1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
No malfunction exists
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
1,2,3,4
IDX
AT-127
DTC P0731 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 1ST GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
2,2,3,3
Malfunction for P0731 exists.
4,3,3,4
8)
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-130.
Refer to shift schedule, AT-356.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-128
DTC P0731 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 1ST GEAR POSITION
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST
NAAT0190
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT731A
AT-129
IDX
DTC P0731 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 1ST GEAR POSITION
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0040
CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check shift solenoid valve operation.
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-131.
SAT648I
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
2
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to “Control Valve Assembly”, AT-301.
2. Check to ensure that:
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
쐌 Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
쐌 Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve assembly.
3
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-127.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
AT-130
DTC P0731 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 1ST GEAR POSITION
Component Inspection
Component Inspection
=NAAT0041
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A AND B
쐌
NAAT0041S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
MA
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0041S0101
Check resistance between terminals (3 or 2) and ground.
Solenoid valve
GI
Terminal No.
Shift solenoid valve A
3
Shift solenoid valve B
2
Ground
EM
Resistance (Approx.)
20 - 40Ω
LC
SAT649I
Operation Check
쐌
EC
NAAT0041S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminals (3 or 2) and ground.
FE
CL
MT
SAT648I
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-131
DTC P0732 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 2ND GEAR POSITION
Description
Description
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0042
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
second gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not
caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but
by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0042S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
12
Wire color
L/R
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D2”.)
Shift solenoid
valve B
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D3” or “D4”.)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
NAAT0042S03
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque
converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (2nd) supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than normal. In case the
ratio exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B is stuck
open.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B
stuck open
4
3*
3
4
*: P0732 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
: A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
: P0732
Malfunction is detected when ...
A/T cannot be shifted to the 2nd gear
position even if electrical circuit is good.
AT-132
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Each clutch
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
DTC P0732 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 2ND GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
GI
PROCEDURE
NAAT0042S01
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
SAT021J
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
TESTING CONDITIONS:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “2ND GR FNCTN P0732” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 25 to 30 km/h (16 to 19 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” or “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 25 to 30 km/h (16
to 19 MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-136.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step.
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “2” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case
a 1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
No malfunction exists
1,2,3,4
Malfunction for P0732 exists.
4,3,3,4
AT-133
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
DTC P0732 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 2ND GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
8)
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.) Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE”, AT-136. Refer to shift schedule, AT-356.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-134
DTC P0732 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 2ND GEAR POSITION
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND
NAAT0191
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT732A
AT-135
IDX
DTC P0732 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 2ND GEAR POSITION
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0043
CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check shift solenoid valve operation.
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-137.
SAT650I
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
2
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to “Control Valve Assembly”, AT-301.
2. Check to ensure that:
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
쐌 Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
쐌 Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve assembly.
3
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-133.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
AT-136
DTC P0732 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 2ND GEAR POSITION
Component Inspection
Component Inspection
NAAT0044
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
쐌
NAAT0044S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
MA
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0044S0101
Check resistance between terminal 2 and ground.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid valve B
GI
Terminal No.
2
Ground
EM
Resistance (Approx.)
20 - 40Ω
LC
SAT651I
Operation Check
쐌
EC
NAAT0044S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal 2 and ground.
FE
CL
MT
SAT650I
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-137
DTC P0733 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 3RD GEAR POSITION
Description
Description
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0045
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
third gear position as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused
by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by
mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking,
improper solenoid valve operation, malfunctioning servo piston
or brake band, etc.
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0045S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
11
Wire color
L/W
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D4”.)
Shift solenoid
valve A
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D2” or “D3”.)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
NAAT0045S03
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque
converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is higher than the position (3rd) supposed
by TCM, the slip ratio will be more than normal. In case the ratio
exceeds the specified value, TCM judges this diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve A is stuck
closed.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve A
stuck closed
1
1
4*
4
*: P0733 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
: A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
: P0733
Malfunction is detected when ...
A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear
position even if electrical circuit is good.
AT-138
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Each clutch
쐌 Hydraulic control circuit
DTC P0733 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 3RD GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
GI
PROCEDURE
NAAT0045S01
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
SAT021J
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
TESTING CONDITIONS:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “3RD GR FNCTN P0733” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 35 to 45 km/h (22 to 28 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 1.0/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 35 to 45 km/h (22 to 28
MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-142.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step.
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” when depressing accelerator pedal with 3.5/8 - 4.5/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case
a 1st trip DTC other than P0733 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern
when screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
No malfunction exists.
1,2,3,4
Malfunction for P0733 exists.
1,1,4,4
AT-139
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
DTC P0733 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 3RD GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
8)
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.) Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE”, AT-142.
Refer to shift schedule, AT-356.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-140
DTC P0733 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 3RD GEAR POSITION
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD
NAAT0192
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT733A
AT-141
IDX
DTC P0733 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 3RD GEAR POSITION
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0046
CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check shift solenoid valve operation.
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-143.
SAT653I
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
2
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to “Control Valve Assembly”, AT-301.
2. Check to ensure that:
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
쐌 Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
쐌 Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve assembly.
3
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-139.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
AT-142
DTC P0733 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 3RD GEAR POSITION
Component Inspection
Component Inspection
NAAT0047
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
쐌
NAAT0047S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
MA
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0047S0101
Check resistance between terminal 3 and ground.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid valve A
GI
Terminal No.
3
Ground
EM
Resistance (Approx.)
20 - 40Ω
LC
SAT654I
Operation Check
쐌
EC
NAAT0047S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal 3 and ground.
FE
CL
MT
SAT653I
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-143
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Description
Description
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0048
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter
clutch, etc.
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
NAAT0048S04
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
Specification
Line pressure solenoid valve
duty
Small throttle opening (Low line pressure)
"
Large throttle opening (High line pressure)
Approximately 24%
"
Approximately 95%
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0048S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
1
2
11
12
Wire color
GY
BR/Y
L/W
L/R
Item
Line pressure
solenoid valve
Line pressure
solenoid valve
(with dropping
resistor)
Shift solenoid
valve A
Shift solenoid
valve B
Condition
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm1.5 - 3.0V
ing up engine.
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm5 - 14V
ing up engine.
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D4”.)
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D2” or “D3”.)
When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D2”.)
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D3” or “D4”.)
AT-144
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
=NAAT0048S03
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque
converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th)
supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much less than normal. In
case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this
diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B, line
pressure solenoid valve are stuck closed and shift solenoid valve
A is stuck open.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B
stuck closed
1
2
2
1*
*: P0734 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
Malfunction is detected when ...
: A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear
position even if electrical circuit is good.
: P0734
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Shift solenoid valve A
Shift solenoid valve B
Line pressure solenoid valve
Each clutch
Hydraulic control circuit
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-145
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0048S01
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
SAT021J
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
TESTING CONDITIONS:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy
of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4) Accelerate vehicle to 55 to 65 km/h (34 to 40 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal completely.
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 5.5/8 (at all times during step
4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
5) Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of
“THROTTLE POSI” from a speed of 55 to 65 km/h (34 to 40
MPH) until “TESTING” has turned to “STOP VEHICLE” or
“COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
“DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-149.
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to
following step.
쐌 Check that “GEAR” shows “4” when depressing accelerator pedal with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”.
쐌 If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” for “ENGINE”. In case
a 1st trip DTC other than P0734 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
6) Stop vehicle.
7) Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting
referring to the table below.)
Vehicle condition
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
screen is changed to 1 , 2 , 3 , 4
No malfunction exists
1,2,3,4
Malfunction for P0734 exists.
1,2,2,1
AT-146
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Description (Cont’d)
8)
Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.) Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE”, AT-149.
Refer to shift schedule, AT-356.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-147
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH
NAAT0193
MAT912A
AT-148
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0049
GI
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)
MA
During “Cruise test — Part 1”, AT-73.
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT988H
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 9.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CL
MT
CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test. Refer to AT-64.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-149
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3
CHECK SOLENOID VALVES
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-153.
SAT158J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Replace solenoid valve assembly.
4
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-301.
2. Check to ensure that:
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
쐌 Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
쐌 Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve.
AT-150
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
5
GI
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
MA
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 9.
No
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
6
EM
CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
LC
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-153.
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SAT158J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Replace solenoid valve assembly.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-151
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
7
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-301.
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
쐌 Pressure regulator valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pressure modifier valve
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 8.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve.
8
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 9.
NG
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
9
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-146.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this flow chart.
AT-152
DTC P0734 IMPROPER SHIFTING TO 4TH GEAR POSITION
Component Inspection
Component Inspection
NAAT0050
SOLENOID VALVES
쐌
NAAT0050S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
MA
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0050S0101
Check resistance between terminals (3, 2 or 6) and ground.
Solenoid valve
GI
Terminal No.
Shift solenoid valve A
3
Shift solenoid valve B
2
Line pressure solenoid valve
6
EM
Resistance (Approx.)
20 - 40Ω
LC
2.5 - 5Ω
EC
Ground
FE
CL
MT
SAT159J
Operation Check
쐌
NAAT0050S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminals (3, 2 or 6) and ground.
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT158J
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-153
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
Description
NAAT0051
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the
gear in “D4”, by the TCM in response to signals sent from the
vehicle speed and throttle position sensors. Lock-up piston operation will then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is
a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
SAT342HA
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
NAAT0051S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
Condition
Specification
Lock-up “OFF”
"
Lock-up “ON”
Approximately 4%
"
Approximately 94%
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0051S03
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
3
Wire color
Item
G/OR
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When A/T performs lock-up.
8 - 15V
When A/T does not perform lock-up.
0V
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
: P0740
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tires to operate the solenoid
valve.
AT-154
NAAT0051S04
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
GI
PROCEDURE
NAAT0051S01
SAT014K
PBIB2308E
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II and wait at least 1 second.
3) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
5 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
THROTTLE POSI: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
Selector lever: D position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-155
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV
NAAT0194
MAT735A
AT-156
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0052
GI
CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
MA
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector on the right side of transfer assembly.
3. Check resistance between terminal 7 and ground.
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT156J
Is resistance approx. 10 - 20Ω?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
MT
CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-158.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
TF
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3
PD
AX
SU
CHECK RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between terminal 7 and TCM harness connector terminal 3. Refer to wiring diagram — AT — TCV.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4
CL
BR
ST
RS
BT
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-155.
HA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 5.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-157
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
5
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection
NAAT0053
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVENAAT0053S01
쐌
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0053S0101
Check resistance between terminal 7 and ground.
Solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
Terminal No.
7
Ground
Resistance (Approx.)
10 - 20Ω
SAT160J
Operation Check
쐌
NAAT0053S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal 7 and ground.
SAT161J
AT-158
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Description
Description
쐌
쐌
쐌
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
NAAT0054
This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item and not available in TCM
self-diagnosis.
This malfunction will not be detected while the O/D OFF indicator lamp is indicating another self-diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into
fourth gear position or the torque converter clutch does not
lock up as instructed by the TCM. This is not caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but by mechanical
malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid
valve operation, malfunctioning oil pump or torque converter
clutch, etc.
Specification
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve duty
Lock-up “OFF”
"
Lock-up “ON”
Approximately 4%
"
Approximately 94%
Line pressure solenoid
valve duty
Small throttle opening (Low line pressure)
"
Large throttle opening (High line pressure)
Approximately 24%
"
Approximately 95%
2
GY
BR/Y
Item
Line pressure
solenoid valve
Line pressure
solenoid valve
(with dropping
resistor)
LC
EC
MT
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
1
EM
CL
NAAT0054S03
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Wire color
MA
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
NAAT0054S02
FE
Condition
Terminal
No.
GI
Condition
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
TF
PD
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm1.5 - 3.0V
ing up engine.
AX
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
SU
0V
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm5 - 14V
ing up engine.
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
When A/T performs lock-up.
8 - 15V
When A/T does not perform lock- up.
0V
BR
ST
3
G/OR
Torque converter
clutch solenoid
valve
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
RS
NAAT0054S04
This diagnosis monitors actual gear position by checking the torque
converter slip ratio calculated by TCM as follows:
Torque converter slip ratio = A x C/B
A: Output shaft revolution signal from revolution sensor
B: Engine speed signal from ECM
C: Gear ratio determined as gear position which TCM supposes
If the actual gear position is much lower than the position (4th)
supposed by TCM, the slip ratio will be much less than normal. In
case the ratio does not reach the specified value, TCM judges this
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-159
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Description (Cont’d)
diagnosis malfunction.
This malfunction will be caused when shift solenoid valve B, line
pressure solenoid valve and torque converter clutch solenoid valve
are stuck closed.
Gear position supposed by TCM
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with no malfunctions
1
2
3
4
In case of gear position with shift solenoid valve B stuck closed
1
2
2
1*
*: P0744 is detected.
Diagnostic trouble code
Malfunction is detected when ...
: A/T TCC S/V FNCTN
A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
: P0744
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
쐌
Line pressure solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Each clutch
Hydraulic control circuit
Shift solenoid valve B
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0054S01
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
2) Make sure that output voltage of A/T fluid temperature sensor
is within the range below.
FLUID TEMP SEN: 0.4 - 1.5V
If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm
up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down
the fluid).
3) Select “TCC S/V FNCTN P0744” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”.
4)
SAT021J
쐌
쐌
Accelerate vehicle to more than 67 to 100 km/h (42 to 62 MPH)
and maintain the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately
30 seconds after “TESTING” shows.)
THROTTLE POSI: 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
TCC S/V DUTY: More than 94%
VHCL/S SE·A/T: Constant speed of more than 67 to 100
km/h (42 to 62 MPH)
Check that “GEAR” shows “4”.
For shift schedule, refer to SDS, AT-356.
AT-160
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Description (Cont’d)
쐌
If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long
time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In case a 1st trip DTC
other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
5) Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer
to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.)
Refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, AT-163.
Refer to shift schedule, AT-356.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-161
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG
NAAT0195
MAT913A
AT-162
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
=NAAT0055
GI
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)
MA
During “Cruise test — Part 1”, AT-73.
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT988H
CL
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
쐌 GO TO 10.
쐌 And check for proper lock-up.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
MT
CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test. Refer to AT-64.
TF
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
3
PD
AX
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-301.
2. Check to ensure that:
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
쐌 Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
쐌 Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
쐌 Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT367H
HA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-163
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 5.
No
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
5
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-160.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
쐌 GO TO 10.
쐌 And check for proper lock-up.
6
CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check line pressure solenoid valve operation. Refer to AT-167.
SAT158J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Replace solenoid valve assembly.
AT-164
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
7
GI
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-301.
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking.
쐌 Pressure regulator valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pressure modifier valve
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT367H
CL
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 8.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve.
8
MT
CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4)
Does A/T shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed?
TF
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 9.
No
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
9
PD
AX
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-160.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
쐌 GO TO 10.
쐌 And check for proper lock-up.
SU
BR
ST
10
CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION
During “Cruise test — Part 1”, AT-73.
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
RS
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Perform “Cruise test − Part 1” again and return to the start point of this flow chart.
No
䊳
GO TO 11.
BT
HA
11
CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve operation.
Refer to AT-167.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 12.
NG
䊳
Replace solenoid valve assembly.
AT-165
SC
EL
IDX
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
12
CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-301.
2. Check control valves for sticking.
쐌 Torque converter clutch control valve
쐌 Torque converter clutch relief valve
SAT367H
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 13.
NG
䊳
Repair control valve
13
CHECK LOCK-UP CONDITION
Does A/T perform lock-up at the specified speed?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 14.
No
䊳
Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
14
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-160.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this flow chart.
AT-166
DTC P0744 IMPROPER LOCK-UP OPERATION
Component Inspection
Component Inspection
NAAT0056
SOLENOID VALVES
쐌
NAAT0056S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
MA
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0056S0101
Check resistance between terminals (6 or 7) and ground.
Solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
Torque converter clutch
solenoid valve
GI
Terminal No.
6
EM
Resistance (Approx.)
2.5 - 5Ω
LC
Ground
7
10 - 20Ω
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT159J
Operation Check
쐌
NAAT0056S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminals (6 or 7) and ground.
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT158J
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-167
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Description
Description
NAAT0057
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent
from the TCM.
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the
closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line
pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”.
SAT341H
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
NAAT0057S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Line pressure solenoid
valve duty
Condition
Specification
Small throttle opening (Low line pressure)
"
Large throttle opening (High line pressure)
Approximately 24%
"
Approximately 95%
NOTE:
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line pressure duty
cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position switch is “OFF”.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0057S03
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
1
2
Wire color
Item
GY
Line pressure
solenoid valve
BR/Y
Line pressure
solenoid valve
(with dropping
resistor)
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm1.5 - 3.0V
ing up engine.
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
When releasing accelerator pedal after warm5 - 14V
ing up engine.
When depressing accelerator pedal fully after
warming up engine.
0V
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
: P0745
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tries to operate the solenoid
valve.
AT-168
NAAT0057S04
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
GI
PROCEDURE
NAAT0057S01
SAT014K
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Depress accelerator pedal completely and wait at least 1 second.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
PBIB2308E
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-169
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV
NAAT0196
MAT914A
AT-170
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0058
GI
CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
MA
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector on the right side of transfer assembly.
3. Check resistance between terminal 6 and ground.
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT162J
Is resistance approx. 2.5 - 5Ω?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CL
MT
CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-173.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
TF
PD
OK or NG
AX
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-171
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3
CHECK POWER SOURCE AND DROPPING RESISTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between sub-harness connector B64 terminal 6 and TCM harness connector M119 terminal 2.
SAT522J
Is resistance approx. 11.2 - 12.8Ω?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 5.
No
䊳
GO TO 4.
4
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Dropping resistor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-173.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM harness connector M119 terminal 2 and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
5
CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Check continuity between terminal 6 and TCM harness connector M119 terminal 1. Refer to wiring diagram — AT —
LPSV.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground or to power.
3. Reinstall any part removed.
Yes
䊳
GO TO 6.
No
䊳
Repair or replace harness between TCM terminal 1 and terminal cord assembly.
AT-172
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
6
GI
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-169.
MA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 7.
7
EM
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
LC
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
EC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
FE
CL
MT
Component Inspection
NAAT0059
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
쐌
NAAT0059S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0059S0101
Check resistance between terminal 6 and ground.
Solenoid valve
Line pressure solenoid valve
Terminal No.
6
Ground
TF
PD
Resistance (Approx.)
AX
2.5 - 5Ω
SU
SAT657I
Operation Check
쐌
NAAT0059S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal 6 and ground.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT658I
DROPPING RESISTOR
쐌
Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance: 11.2 - 12.8Ω
NAAT0059S02
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT848BD
AT-173
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Description
Description
NAAT0060
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
SAT341H
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0060S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
11
Wire color
L/W
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When shift solenoid valve A operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D4”.)
Shift solenoid
valve A
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve A does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D2” or “D3”.)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: SFT SOL A/CIRC
: P0750
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tires to operate the solenoid
valve.
NAAT0060S03
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0060S01
SAT014K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine.
3) Drive vehicle in “D” position and allow the transmission to shift
“1” , “2” (“GEAR”).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
AT-174
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A
NAAT0197
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT738A
AT-175
IDX
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0061
CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector on the right side of transfer assembly.
3. Check resistance between terminal 3 and ground.
SAT164J
Is resistance approx. 20 - 40Ω?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-177.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
3
CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between terminal 3 and TCM harness connector terminal 11. Refer to wiring diagram — AT —
SSV/A.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-174.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 5.
AT-176
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
5
GI
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
MA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
EM
LC
EC
Component Inspection
NAAT0062
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
쐌
NAAT0062S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0062S0101
Check resistance between terminal 3 and ground.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid valve A
FE
Terminal No.
3
Ground
CL
Resistance (Approx.)
20 - 40Ω
MT
SAT654I
Operation Check
쐌
NAAT0062S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal 3 and ground.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT653I
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-177
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Description
Description
NAAT0063
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
SAT341H
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0063S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
12
Wire color
L/R
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When shift solenoid valve B operates.
(When driving in “D1” or “D2”.)
Shift solenoid
valve B
Battery voltage
When shift solenoid valve B does not operate.
0V
(When driving in “D3” or “D4”.)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: SFT SOL B/CIRC
: P0755
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tires to operate the solenoid
valve.
NAAT0063S03
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0063S01
SAT014K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Drive vehicle in “D” position and allow the transmission to shift
1 , 2 , 3 (“GEAR”).
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
AT-178
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B
NAAT0198
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT739A
AT-179
IDX
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0064
CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector on the right side of transfer assembly.
3. Check resistance between terminal 2 and ground.
SAT166J
Is resistance approx. 20 - 40Ω?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-181.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
3
CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between terminal 2 and TCM harness connector terminal 12. Refer to wiring diagram — AT —
SSV/B.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
Is resistance approx. 0Ω?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 4.
No
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-178.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 5.
AT-180
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
5
GI
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
MA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
EM
LC
EC
Component Inspection
NAAT0065
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
쐌
NAAT0065S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0065S0101
Check resistance between terminal 2 and ground.
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid valve B
FE
Terminal No.
2
Ground
CL
Resistance (Approx.)
20 - 40Ω
MT
SAT651I
Operation Check
쐌
NAAT0065S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal 2 and ground.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT650I
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-181
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR)
Description
Description
NAAT0236
The accelerator pedal position sensor is part of the system that
controls throttle position. Accelerator pedal position signal is sent
to the ECM. And the signal is also sent to TCM as throttle valve
position signal.
SAT516KA
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
NAAT0236S01
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Accelerator pedal position
sensor (throttle position sensor)
Condition
Specification
Fully-closed throttle
Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle
Approximately 4V
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0236S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
Wire color
32
R
41
P/L
42
B
Item
Condition
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Ignition switch ON.
4.5 - 5.5V
Ignition switch OFF.
0V
When depressing accelerator pedal slowly
after warming up engine.
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle
position.)
Fully-closed
throttle: 0.5V
Fully-open
throttle: 4V
Sensor power
Accelerator pedal
position sensor
(throttle position
sensor)
Sensor ground
—
AT-182
0V
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR)
On Board Diagnosis Logic
On Board Diagnosis Logic
=NAAT0237
Diagnostic trouble code TP SEN/CIRC A/T with CONSULT-II or
P1705 without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an
excessively low or high voltage from the ECM.
GI
MA
EM
LC
Possible Cause
EC
NAAT0239
Check the following items.
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor)
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-183
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR)
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation
Procedure
NAAT0240
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before
conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
SAT014K
WITH CONSULT-II
1)
SCIA5358E
2)
3)
SAT014K
4)
NAAT0240S01
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Accelerator pedal condition
Accelerator pedal position sensor
(THRTL POS SEN)
Fully released
Less than 4.7V
Partially depressed
0.1 - 4.6V
Fully depressed
1.9 - 4.6V
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,
AT-224.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least
3 consecutive seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN (electric throttle control actuator):
Approximately 3V or less
Selector lever: D position
If the check result is NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,
AT-224.
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 3 consecutive
seconds. Then release accelerator pedal completely.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Wide open throttle
Selector lever: D position
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
PBIB2308E
AT-184
NAAT0240S02
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR)
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS
NAAT0199
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT316B
AT-185
IDX
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR)
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0241
CHECK DTC WITH ECM
쐌 Check P code with CONSULT-II “ENGINE”.
Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-174, “Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)”.
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)
䊳
GO TO 2.
OK (without CONSULTII)
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor) circuit for engine control. Refer to EC-603, “DTC P0226 APP SENSOR”.
2
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (With CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “THRTL POS SEN”.
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle:
Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle:
Approximately 4V
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding accelerator pedal
position sensor (throttle position sensor) circuit. (Main harness)
AT-186
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
3
GI
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (Without CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminals 41 (P/L) and 42 (B) while accelerator pedal is
depressed slowly.
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT349JB
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle valve:
Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle valve:
Approximately 4V
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.)
CL
MT
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding accelerator pedal
position sensor (throttle position sensor) circuit. (Main harness)
4
TF
PD
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-205.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 5.
5
AX
SU
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
BR
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-187
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description
Description
NAAT0068
The overrun clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in
response to signals sent from the park/neutral position (PNP)
switch, overdrive control switch, vehicle speed and throttle position
sensors. The overrun clutch operation will then be controlled.
SAT341H
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0068S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
20
Wire color
L/B
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
Overrun clutch
solenoid valve
When overrun clutch solenoid valve operates.
Battery voltage
When overrun clutch solenoid valve does not
operate.
0V
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC
: P1760
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM detects an improper voltage drop
when it tries to operate the solenoid
valve.
NAAT0068S03
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0068S01
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of
test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine.
3) Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6MPH)
in “D” position (OD “ON”).
4) Release accelerator pedal completely in “D” position (OD
“OFF”).
AT-188
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description (Cont’d)
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-189
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV
NAAT0200
MAT741A
AT-190
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0069
GI
CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE
MA
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector on the right side of transfer assembly.
3. Check resistance between terminal 4 and ground.
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT170J
Is resistance approx. 20 - 40Ω?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CL
MT
CHECK VALVE OPERATION
1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-192.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
TF
PD
OK or NG
AX
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
SU
3
CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 20. Refer to wiring diagram — AT —
OVRCSV.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
BR
ST
RS
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4
BT
HA
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-188.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 5.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-191
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
5
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
Component Inspection
NAAT0070
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
쐌
NAAT0070S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Resistance Check
쐌
NAAT0070S0101
Check resistance between terminal 4 and ground.
Solenoid valve
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
Terminal No.
4
Ground
Resistance (Approx.)
20 - 40Ω
SAT139K
Operation Check
쐌
NAAT0070S0102
Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal 4 and ground.
SAT688I
AT-192
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Description
Description
NAAT0172
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT342HA
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT021J
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR
MODE
NAAT0172S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
A/T fluid temperature
sensor
Specification
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
"
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
Approximately 1.5V
"
Approximately 0.5V
Approximately 2.5 kΩ
"
Approximately 0.3 kΩ
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
10
19
28
Wire color
W/R
W/R
R/Y
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to “OFF”.
0V
Power source
Same as No. 10
or
B
Throttle position
sensor
(Ground)
47
R
A/T fluid temperature sensor
BR
ST
RS
When turning ignition switch to “OFF”.
Battery voltage
When turning ignition switch to “ON”.
Battery voltage
Power source
(Memory back-up)
42
AX
SU
Item
Power source
PD
NAAT0172S03
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
TF
BT
HA
—
0V
When ATF temperature is 20°C (68°F).
1.5V
When ATF temperature is 80°C (176°F).
0.5V
SC
EL
IDX
AT-193
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Description (Cont’d)
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN
: 8th judgement flicker
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM receives an excessively low or high
voltage from the sensor.
NAAT0172S04
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0172S01
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 20
km/h (12 MPH).
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
No Tools
Start engine.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 20
km/h (12 MPH).
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools),
AT-48.
1)
2)
SAT674I
AT-194
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS
NAAT0201
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT317B
AT-195
IDX
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0173
INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
GO TO 6.
2
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short to ground or short to power or open between TCM, ECM and terminal cord assembly (Main harness)
쐌 Ground circuit for ECM.
Refer to EC-165, “Wiring Diagram”.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-196
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4
GI
CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connector on the right side of transfer assmebly.
3. Check resistance between terminals 8 and 9 when A/T is cold [20°C (68°F)].
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT697I
Is resistance approx. 2.5 kΩ?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 7.
No
䊳
GO TO 5.
5
CL
MT
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-116.
쐌 Harness of terminal cord assembly for short or open
TF
OK or NG
PD
AX
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
6
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
SU
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SAT518J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 11.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-197
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
7
CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M119, M120 terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
SAT611J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 8.
NG
䊳
GO TO 9.
8
CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 28 and ground.
SAT612JC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 10.
NG
䊳
GO TO 9.
9
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 10, 19 and 28 (Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and 10A or 7.5A fuse [No. 18 or 24, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Refer to EL-11, “Schematic”.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 10.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-198
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
10
GI
CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to wiring diagram — AT — MAIN.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
MA
EM
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 11.
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11
LC
EC
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-112.
FE
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 12.
12
CL
MT
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
TF
PD
AX
SU
Component Inspection
NAAT0174
A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
쐌
쐌
NAAT0174S01
For removal, refer to AT-272.
Check resistance between terminals 8 and 9 while changing
temperature as shown at left.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance
20 (68)
Approximately 2.5 kΩ
80 (176)
Approximately 0.3 kΩ
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT687I
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-199
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
Description
Description
NAAT0071
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer
assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a
signal sent from the vehicle speed sensor·MTR.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0071S02
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
40
Wire color
W/L
Item
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
Vehicle speed
sensor
When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2
MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage varies
between less
than 1V and
more than
4.5V
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR
: 2nd judgement flicker
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
signal from the sensor.
NAAT0071S03
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0071S01
SAT014K
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
5 seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine and accelerate vehicle from 0 to 25 km/h (0 to 6
MPH).
SCIA5358E
AT-200
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
Description (Cont’d)
No Tools
Start engine.
Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position and vehicle speed higher than 25
km/h (16 MPH).
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools),
AT-48.
1)
2)
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT668I
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-201
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR
NAAT0202
MAT318B
AT-202
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0072
GI
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL.
MA
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·MTR” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT614J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 40 and ground while driving at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2
MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
MT
TF
PD
AX
SAT528J
Does battery voltage vary between less than 1V and more than 4.5V?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 3.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
BR
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle speed sensor
Refer to EL-35, “Component Parts and Harness Connector Location”.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and vehicle speed sensor (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between ABS actuator and electrical unit and combination meter
HA
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-200.
OK or NG
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 4.
RS
BT
䊳
OK
ST
OK or NG
OK
3
SU
SC
EL
IDX
AT-203
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-204
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description
Description
NAAT0242
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for
real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication
line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a
vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN
communication, control units are connected with 2 communication
lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information
transmission with less wiring. Each control units transmits/receives
data but selectively reads required data only.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0242S01
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Terminal
No.
Wire color
5
L
CAN (high)
—
—
—
6
R
CAN (low)
—
—
—
Item
Condition
FE
CL
MT
*: This terminal is connected to the ECM.
On Board Diagnosis Logic
NAAT0243
Diagnostic trouble code CAN COMM CIRCUIT or U1000 with
CONSULT-II or 12th judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is
detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control unit.
TF
PD
AX
SU
Possible Cause
Check harness or connector.
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
NAAT0244
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-205
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation Procedure
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Confirmation
Procedure
NAAT0245
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
SAT014K
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1)
2)
3)
NAAT0245S01
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait for at least 6
seconds.
NAAT0245S02
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait at least 6
seconds.
Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS), AT-48.
SCIA5358E
SAT683K
AT-206
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN
NAAT0246
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT320B
AT-207
IDX
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0247
CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. The “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is detected.
PCIA0061E
Yes or No?
Yes
䊳
Print out CONSULT-II screen, go to EL-447, “CAN Communication Unit”.
No
䊳
INSPECTION END
AT-208
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Description
Description
NAAT0224
The turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions
per minute). It is located on the input side of the automatic transmission. The vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor) is
located on the output side of the automatic transmission. With the
two sensors, input and output shaft rpms are accurately detected.
The result is optimal shift timing during deceleration and improved
shifting.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT136K
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
NAAT0224S01
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Terminal
No.
38
Wire color
W
Item
Turbine revolution
sensor
(Measure in AC
range)
Judgement
standard
(Approx.)
Condition
When engine is running at 1,000 rpm
1.2V
Voltage rises
gradually in
response to
engine speed.
TF
PD
AX
SU
42
B
Sensor ground
—
0V
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: TURBINE REV
: 10th judgement flicker
Malfunction is detected when ...
BR
ST
NAAT0224S02
Check item (Possible cause)
쐌 Harness or connectors
TCM does not receive the proper voltage
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
signal from the sensor.
쐌 Turbine revolution sensor
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-209
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Description (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0224S03
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
CAUTION:
쐌 Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
쐌 If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
again, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least
5 seconds before continuing.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the
malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1) Start engine.
2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 40 km/h (25
MPH), engine speed higher than 1,500 rpm, throttle opening
greater than 1.0/8 of the full throttle position and driving for
more than 5 seconds.
No Tools
1) Start engine.
2) Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 40 km/h (25
MPH), engine speed higher than 1,500 rpm, throttle opening
greater than 1/8 of the full throttle position and driving for more
than 5 seconds.
3) Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools),
AT-48.
SAT635I
AT-210
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T
Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T
NAAT0225
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT319B
AT-211
IDX
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
NAAT0226
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “TURBINE REV”. Check the value changes according to engine speed.
SAT740J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 38 and ground. (Measure in AC range.)
SAT140K
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check harness for short or open between TCM and turbine revolution sensor.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
3
CHECK DTC
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-210.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 4.
AT-212
DTC TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4
GI
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminal for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
MA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
EM
LC
EC
Component Inspection
NAAT0227
TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR
쐌
NAAT0227S01
Check resistance between terminals 1, 2 and 3.
Terminal No.
FE
Resistance (Approx.)
1
2
2.4 - 2.8 kΩ
1
3
No continuity
2
3
No continuity
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT141K
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-213
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Description
Description
NAAT0207
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
SAT574J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: CONTROL UNIT (RAM)
: CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM memory (RAM) or (ROM) is malfunctioning.
NAAT0207S01
Check item (Possible cause)
TCM
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0207S02
SAT014K
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine.
3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
SCIA5358E
AT-214
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
=NAAT0208
GI
CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Touch “ERASE”.
PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See previous page.
Is the “CONTROL UNIT (RAM) or CONTROL UNIT (ROM)” displayed again?
Yes
䊳
Replace TCM.
No
䊳
INSPECTION END
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-215
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
Description
Description
NAAT0215
The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal
input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the A/T.
SAT574J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code
: CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)
Malfunction is detected when ...
TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning.
NAAT0215S01
Check item (Possible cause)
TCM
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE
NAAT0215S02
SAT014K
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition
switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting
the next test.
With CONSULT-II
1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2) Start engine.
3) Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
SCIA5358E
AT-216
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
1
=NAAT0216
GI
CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” position for 10 seconds.
PERFORM DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See previous page.
Is the “CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
Yes
䊳
Replace TCM.
No
䊳
INSPECTION END
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-217
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC
NAAT0203
MAT321B
AT-218
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
MAT241B
IDX
AT-219
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC (Cont’d)
MAT229B
AT-220
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On
NAAT0073
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds
when turning ignition switch to “ON”.
1
CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1
GI
MA
EM
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M119, M120 terminals 10, 19, 28 and ground.
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT611J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
2
MT
TF
CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminal 28 and ground.
PD
AX
SU
BR
SAT612JC
ST
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
RS
BT
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM harness connector M119, M120 terminals 10, 19 and 28
(Main harness)
쐌 Ignition switch and 10A or 7.5A fuse [No. 18 or 24, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
Refer to EL-11, “Schematic”.
HA
SC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
EL
IDX
AT-221
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On (Cont’d)
4
CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector M120 terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to wiring diagram — AT —
MAIN.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5
CHECK MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Fuse
쐌 O/D OFF indicator lamp
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF indicator lamp
쐌 Harness for short or open between O/D OFF indicator lamp and TCM
OK or NG
Yes
䊳
GO TO 6.
No
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
6
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 7.
7
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-222
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position
Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N”
Position
GI
=NAAT0074
SYMPTOM:
Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N”
position.
Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P”Engine can
be started with selector lever in “D”, “2”, “1” or “R” position.
1
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
MA
EM
LC
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to PNP switch circuit?
EC
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
FE
CL
MT
SAT367J
TF
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-105.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
PD
CHECK PNP SWITCH INSPECTION
AX
Check for short or open of PNP switch 2-pin connector. Refer to “Components Inspection”, AT-109.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT838BB
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace PNP switch.
3
BT
HA
CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-10, “System Description”.
SC
OK or NG
EL
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
IDX
AT-223
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed
In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or
Backward When Pushed
=NAAT0075
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with
selector lever in “P” position.
1
CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS
Check parking components.
Refer to “Parking Pawl Components”, AT-337.
SAT133B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-224
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves
In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves
=NAAT0076
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
1
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
GI
MA
EM
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to PNP switch circuit?
LC
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT367J
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-105.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
TF
CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE
PD
Check control linkage. Refer to AT-275.
AX
SU
BR
SAT032G
ST
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-275.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-225
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves (Cont’d)
3
CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Refill ATF.
4
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
1. Disassemble A/T.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Forward clutch assembly
쐌 Overrun clutch assembly
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
5
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-226
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position
Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position
=NAAT0077
SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position.
1
GI
MA
CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor, line pressure solenoid valve or accelerator pedal position sensor circuit?
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT579IC
CL
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0710, DTC P0745 or DTC P1705”, AT-111, 168
or 182.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
MT
TF
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Refer to EC section.
PD
AX
SU
BR
SAT516KA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-227
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position (Cont’d)
3
CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to “LINE PRESSURE TEST”, AT-64.
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
4
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-228
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R”
Position
GI
=NAAT0078
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting “R” position.
1
CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
MA
EM
Check A/T fluid level again.
LC
EC
FE
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
Refill ATF.
2
CL
MT
CHECK STALL TEST
TF
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions.
Refer to AT-356.
PD
AX
SU
BR
SAT493G
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
OK in “1” position, NG in
“R” position
䊳
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “ON-VEHICLE SERVICE”, AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
쐌 Torque converter
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
쐌 High clutch assembly
NG in both “1” and “R”
positions
䊳
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
GO TO 6.
EL
IDX
AT-229
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)
3
CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “R” position. Refer to “LINE PRESSURE TEST”, AT-64.
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “ON-VEHICLE SERVICE”, AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
4
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
5
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-230
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position (Cont’d)
6
GI
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “ON-VEHICLE SERVICE”, AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
쐌 Torque converter
쐌 Reverse clutch assembly
쐌 High clutch assembly
쐌 Low & reverse brake assembly
쐌 Low one-way clutch
䊳
MA
EM
LC
EC
Repair or replace damaged parts.
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-231
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or
“1” Position
=NAAT0079
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D”, “2” or “1”
position.
1
CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
SAT638A
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
Refill ATF.
2
CHECK STALL TEST
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position.
Refer to “STALL TEST”, AT-61.
SAT493G
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
AT-232
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)
3
GI
CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “R” position.
Refer to “LINE PRESSURE TEST”, AT-64.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot
valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
4
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
5
RS
BT
CHECK SYMPTOM
HA
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-233
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position (Cont’d)
6
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to “ON-VEHICLE SERVICE”, AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot filter)
쐌 Line pressure solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Oil pump assembly
쐌 Forward clutch assembly
쐌 Forward one-way clutch
쐌 Low one-way clutch
쐌 Low & reverse brake assembly
쐌 Torque converter
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-234
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
=NAAT0080
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise test — Part 1.
1
GI
MA
CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position” OK?
EM
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position”, AT-229.
2
LC
EC
CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle
speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
FE
CL
MT
SAT686I
TF
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, DTC P0750, DTC P0755 or VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR. MTR”, AT-117, 174, 178 or 200.
PD
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
AX
3
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
SU
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Refer to EC section.
BR
ST
RS
SAT516KA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-235
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)
4
CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at stall point with selector lever in “D” position.
Refer to “LINE PRESSURE TEST”, AT-64.
SAT494G
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
GO TO 8.
5
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
GO TO 8.
6
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-236
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 (Cont’d)
7
GI
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
MA
EM
LC
8
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
EC
1. Remove control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Forward clutch assembly
쐌 Forward one-way clutch
쐌 Low one-way clutch
쐌 High clutch assembly
쐌 Torque converter
쐌 Oil pump assembly
FE
CL
MT
TF
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-237
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not
Kickdown: D4 → D2
=NAAT0081
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed.
A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator
pedal fully at the specified speed.
1
CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position” and “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position” and “Vehicle Cannot
Be Started From D1”, AT-232, 235.
2
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
SAT705K
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-105.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
3
CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T AND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720 and
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR”, AT-117, 200.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed
sensor·MTR circuits.
AT-238
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)
4
GI
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Refer to EC section.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT516KA
FE
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
5
CL
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
MT
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
TF
PD
AX
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
GO TO 8.
6
SU
BR
ST
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
RS
BT
OK or NG
HA
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
SC
EL
IDX
AT-239
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 (Cont’d)
7
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
8
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve A
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Servo piston assembly
쐌 Brake band
쐌 Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-240
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3
=NAAT0082
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed.
1
GI
MA
CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position” and “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1” OK?
EM
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position” and “Vehicle Cannot
Be Started From D1”, AT-232, 235.
LC
EC
2
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
FE
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
CL
MT
TF
SAT705K
PD
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-105.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
AX
SU
3
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
BR
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Refer to EC section.
ST
RS
BT
SAT516KA
HA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
SC
EL
IDX
AT-241
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 (Cont’d)
4
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
GO TO 7.
5
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve Assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
6
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-242
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 (Cont’d)
7
GI
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve Assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Servo piston assembly
쐌 High clutch assembly
쐌 Oil pump assembly
MA
EM
LC
EC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-243
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4
=NAAT0083
SYMPTOM:
쐌 A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed.
쐌 A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur.
1
CHECK SYMPTOM
Are “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position” and “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
GO TO 2.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position” and “Vehicle Cannot
Be Started From D1”, AT-232, 235.
2
CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
With CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis, after cruise test, show damage to any of the following circuits?
쐌 Inhibitor switch
쐌 Overdrive control switch
쐌 A/T fluid temperature sensor
쐌 Revolution sensor
쐌 Shift solenoid valve A or B
쐌 Vehicle speed sensor
SAT580I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705, P0710, P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL
SPEED SEN·MTR”, AT-105, 111, 117, 174, 178 or 200.
No
䊳
GO TO 3.
AT-244
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 (Cont’d)
3
GI
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Refer to EC section.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT516KA
FE
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
4
CL
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
MT
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
TF
PD
AX
SAT171B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
GO TO 7.
5
SU
BR
ST
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve Assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Overrun clutch control valve
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
RS
BT
OK or NG
HA
SC
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
EL
IDX
AT-245
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 (Cont’d)
6
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
7
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve Assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Shift valve B
쐌 Overrun clutch control valve
쐌 Shift solenoid valve B
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Servo piston assembly
쐌 Brake band
쐌 Torque converter
쐌 Oil pump assembly
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-246
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up
=NAAT0084
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
1
GI
MA
CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit after cruise test?
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT581I
CL
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P0740”, AT-154.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
MT
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Refer to EC section.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT516KA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
3
BR
ST
RS
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check following items:
쐌 Torque converter clutch control valve
쐌 Torque converter relief valve
쐌 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
BT
HA
OK or NG
SC
EL
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
IDX
AT-247
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up (Cont’d)
4
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-248
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition
=NAAT0085
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds.
1
GI
MA
CHECK DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit after cruise test?
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT582I
CL
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to “DTC P0725”, AT-122.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
MT
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT171B
BR
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
GO TO 5.
ST
RS
3
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Torque converter clutch control valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
BT
HA
OK or NG
SC
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
EL
IDX
AT-249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition (Cont’d)
4
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Torque converter clutch control valve
쐌 Pilot valve
쐌 Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check torque converter and oil pump assembly.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-250
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Lock-up Is Not Released
Lock-up Is Not Released
=NAAT0086
SYMPTOM:
Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released.
1
GI
MA
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to closed throttle position switch circuit?
EM
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to closed throttle position switch circuit?
LC
EC
FE
CL
SAT705K
MT
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check accelerator pedal position sensor circuit. Refer to “DTC P1705”, AT-182.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
TF
2
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
PD
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-251
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3)
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light
Braking D4 → D3)
=NAAT0087
SYMPTOM:
쐌 Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T
shifts from D4 to D3.
쐌 Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning
overdrive control switch OFF.
쐌 Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting
A/T from “D” to “2” position.
1
CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit after cruise test?
SAT583I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to “DTC P1760”, AT-188.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR (THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR)
Check accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Refer to EC section.
SAT516KA
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor).
AT-252
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3) (Cont’d)
3
GI
CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan.
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT171B
FE
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 4.
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
4
CL
MT
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Overrun clutch control valve
쐌 Overrun clutch reducing valve
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
TF
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
PD
AX
5
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
SU
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
6
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
BR
ST
RS
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-272.
2. Check the following items:
쐌 Overrun clutch control valve
쐌 Overrun clutch reducing valve
쐌 Overrun clutch solenoid valve
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
쐌 Overrun clutch assembly
쐌 Oil pump assembly
BT
HA
SC
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
EL
IDX
AT-253
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Start From D1
Vehicle Does Not Start From D1
NAAT0088
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test — Part 2.
1
CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle
speed sensor·MTR after cruise test?
SAT686I
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check damaged circuit. Refer to “DTC P0720, P0750, P0755 or VHCL SPEED
SEN·MTR”, AT-117, 174, 178 or 200.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1”, AT-235.
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-254
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3, When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”
A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3, When Overdrive
Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”
GI
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D4 to D3 when changing overdrive
control switch to “OFF” position.
MA
=NAAT0089
1
EM
CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
LC
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT705K
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-258.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D2 , D3”, AT-241.
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-255
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22, When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position
A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22, When Selector
Lever “D” → “2” Position
=NAAT0090
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D3 to 22 when changing selector lever
from “D” to “2” position.
1
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
SAT705K
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-105.
No
䊳
Go to “A/T Does Not Shift: D1 , D2
Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 , D2”, AT-238.
AT-256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11, When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position
A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11, When Selector
Lever “2” → “1” Position
GI
=NAAT0091
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from 22 to 11 when changing selector lever
from “2” to “1” position.
1
MA
EM
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in Data Monitor show damage to PNP switch circuit?
LC
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT705K
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to “DTC P0705”, AT-105.
No
䊳
GO TO 2.
2
TF
PD
CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT778B
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-257
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake
NAAT0092
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting
from 22 (12) to 11.
1
CHECK SYMPTOM
Is “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position” OK?
Yes or No
Yes
䊳
Go to “Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 , D3)”, AT-252.
No
䊳
Go to “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position”, AT-229.
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP,
Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Circuit Checks)
NAAT0204
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even the lamp circuit is good.
DESCRIPTION
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0204S01
PNP switch
The PNP switch assemble includes a transmission range
switch. The transmission range switch detects the selector
position and sends a signal to the TCM.
Overdrive control switch
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and
sends a signal to the TCM.
Closed throttle position signal and wide-open throttle position
signal
ECM judges throttle opening based on a signal from accelerator pedal position sensor, and sends the signal via CAN communication to TCM.
SAT136K
SAT341I
SAT516KA
AT-258
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
=NAAT0204S03
NOTE:
The diagnostic procedure includes inspections for the overdrive
control and throttle position switch circuits.
1
GI
MA
INSPECTION START
EM
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)
䊳
GO TO 2.
No (Without CONSULTII)
䊳
GO TO 3.
2
LC
EC
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “P”, “R”, “N”, “D”, “2” and “1” position switches moving selector lever to each position. Check the signal of the
selector lever position is indicated properly.
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
SAT643J
AX
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
GO TO 4.
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
3
CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (Without CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM harness connector M120 terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector
lever through each position.
MTBL0205
SAT517J
Does battery voltage exist (B) or non-existent (0)?
Yes
䊳
GO TO 6.
No
䊳
GO TO 4.
4
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 PNP switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-263.
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between PNP switch and TCM (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)
䊳
GO TO 5.
OK (Without CONSULTII)
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-260
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
5
GI
CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “OVERDRIVE SWITCH”. Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated properly.
(Overdrive control switch “ON” displayed on CONSULT-II means overdrive “OFF”.)
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
SAT645J
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
GO TO 6.
6
CL
MT
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Overdrive control switch
Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-263.
쐌 Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open of ground circuit for overdrive control switch (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)
䊳
GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULTII)
䊳
GO TO 8.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-261
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
7
CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT (With CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Apply vacuum to the throttle opener, then check the following. Refer to steps 1 and 2 of “Preparation”, “TCM SELFDIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools)”, AT-48.
4. Read out “CLOSED THL/SW” and “W/O THRL/P-SW” depressing and releasing accelerator pedal.
Check the signal of throttle position switch is indicated properly.
MTBL0011
SAT646J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 9.
NG
䊳
GO TO 8.
8
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
쐌 Accelerator pedal position sensor
쐌 Harness for short or open between ignition switch and accelerator pedal position sensor (Main harness)
쐌 Harness for short or open between accelerator pedal position sensor and ECM (Main harness)
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 9.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
9
CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-262
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
COMPONENT INSPECTION
Overdrive Control Switch
쐌
NAAT0204S04
GI
NAAT0204S0401
Check continuity between two terminals.
Continuity:
Switch position “ON”:
No
Switch position “OFF”:
Yes
MA
EM
LC
SAT144K
EC
Park/Neutral Position Switch
1.
Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2 and between terminals 3 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
Lever position
SAT517GB
NAAT0204S0402
Terminal No.
P
1-2
R
3-5
N
1-2
D
3-7
2
3-8
1
3-9
FE
CL
3-4
MT
3-6
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT843BG
2.
3.
If NG, check again with manual control linkage disconnected
from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 2, adjust manual control linkage. Refer to AT-275.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT807B
4.
5.
6.
If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check continuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-275.
If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT386HC
AT-263
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP, Overdrive Control and Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Checks) (Cont’d)
A/T Fluid Temperature Switch
1.
2.
3.
SAT251JA
NAAT0204S0404
Make sure the A/T fluid warning lamp lights when the key is
inserted and turned to “ON”.
Make sure the A/T fluid warning lamp goes off when turning the
ignition switch to “ON”.
Check resistance between terminal 10 and ground while
changing temperature as shown at left.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance
140 (284) or more
Yes
140 (284) or less
No
AT-264
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Description
Description
쐌
쐌
NAAT0093
The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a
shift lock:
With the key switch turned to “ON”, the selector lever cannot
be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other position unless the
brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted
from “P” to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed
in “P”.
The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by
the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the
operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key
cylinder, respectively.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
SAT710K
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-265
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT —
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT —
NAAT0094
MAT323B
AT-266
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Diagnostic Procedure
Diagnostic Procedure
NAAT0095
SYMPTOM 1:
쐌 Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key
in “ON” position and brake pedal applied.
쐌 Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in
“ON” position and brake pedal released.
쐌 Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key
is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to
“P” position.
Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any
position except “P”.
1
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage.
CL
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 2.
NG
䊳
Repair key interlock cable. Refer to “Key Interlock Cable”, AT-270.
2
MT
CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
Check selector lever position for damage.
OK or NG
TF
OK
䊳
GO TO 3.
NG
䊳
Check selector lever. Refer to “ON-VEHICLE SERVICE — PNP Switch and Manual Control Linkage Adjustment”, AT-275 and AT-275.
3
PD
AX
CHECK POWER SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness terminal 7 (G/W) and ground.
SU
BR
ST
RS
SAT684KB
BT
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
GO TO 4.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-267
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
4
DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following items:
1. 7.5A fuse [No. 11, located in the fuse block (J/B)]
2. Ignition switch (Refer to EL-11, “Schematic”.)
3. Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch harness connector 3 (G/W)
4. Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector 4 (G/W) and A/T device harness connector 7
(G/W)
5. Diode
6. Stop lamp switch
a. Check continuity between connector terminals 3 and 4.
SCIA1569E
Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to BR-13, “Adjustment”.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 5.
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
5
CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T device harness connector terminal 6 (B) and ground. Refer to wiring diagram — SHIFT
—.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 6.
NG
䊳
Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
AT-268
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)
6
GI
CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH
쐌 Check continuity between A/T device harness connector B59 terminal 6 and park position switch harness connctor
M508 terminal 1.
MA
EM
LC
EC
SAT713K
FE
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 7.
NG
䊳
Replace park position switch.
7
CL
MT
CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
쐌 Check operation by applying battery voltage shift lock solenoid harness connctor terminals 1 and 3.
TF
PD
AX
SAT762J
OK or NG
OK
䊳
GO TO 8.
NG
䊳
Replace shift lock solenoid.
8
SU
BR
ST
CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION
1. Reconnect shift lock harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch from OFF to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
3. Recheck shift lock operation.
RS
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
GO TO 9.
BT
HA
9
CHECK A/T DEVICE INSPECTION
1. Perform A/T device input/output signal inspection test.
2. If NG, recheck harness connector connection.
OK or NG
OK
䊳
INSPECTION END
NG
䊳
Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-269
SC
EL
IDX
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Components
Components
NAAT0097
SAT352I
CAUTION:
쐌 Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be
damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts.
쐌 After installing key interlock cable to control device, make
sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in
their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an
external load of less than 39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace
key interlock cable with new one.
Removal
NAAT0098
Unlock slider from adjuster holder and remove rod from cable.
SAT353I
AT-270
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Installation
Installation
1.
2.
3.
NAAT0099
Set key interlock cable to steering lock assembly and install
lock plate.
Clamp cable to steering column and fix to control cable with
band.
Set selector lever to P position.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT354I
4.
Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT355I
5.
6.
Install casing cap to bracket.
Move slider in order to fix adjuster holder to interlock rod.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT356I
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-271
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators
REMOVAL
NAAT0100
NAAT0100S01
1.
2.
Remove exhaust front tube.
Remove oil pan and gasket and drain ATF.
3.
4.
Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor if necessary.
Remove oil strainer.
SAT359I
SAT073BA
5.
Remove control valve assembly by removing fixing bolts and
disconnecting harness connector.
Bolt length and location
Bolt symbol
mm (in)
A
33 (1.30)
B
45 (1.77)
6.
7.
Remove solenoids and valves from valve body if necessary.
Remove terminal cord assembly if necessary.
8.
Remove accumulator A, B, C and D by applying compressed
air if necessary.
Hold each piston with rag.
Reinstall any part removed.
Always use new sealing parts.
SAT353B
쐌
9.
쐌
SAT074BA
AT-272
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Revolution Sensor Replacement
Revolution Sensor Replacement
— 4WD MODEL —
1.
SAT360IA
2.
3.
4.
쐌
GI
NAAT0210S01
Remove rear engine mounting member from side member
while supporting A/T with transfer case with jack. Tighten rear
engine mounting member to the specified torque. Refer to
EM-61, “Rear Engine Mounting”.
Lower A/T with transfer case as much as possible.
Remove revolution sensor from A/T.
Reinstall any part removed.
Always use new sealing parts.
— 2WD MODEL —
쐌
쐌
NAAT0210
MA
EM
LC
EC
NAAT0210S02
Remove revolution sensor from A/T.
Always use new sealing parts.
FE
CL
MT
SAT661I
Turbine Revolution Sensor Replacement
1.
2.
3.
쐌
NAAT0231
Remove A/T assembly, Refer to “Removal”, AT-276.
Remove turbine revolution sensor from A/T assembly upper
side.
Reinstall any part removed.
Always use new sealing parts.
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT136K
Rear Oil Seal Replacement
— 4WD MODEL —
1.
2.
쐌
3.
쐌
4.
NAAT0211
HA
NAAT0211S01
Remove transfer case from vehicle. Refer to TF-156, “Removal”.
Remove rear oil seal.
Do not remove oil seal unless it is to be replaced.
Install rear oil seal.
Apply ATF before installing.
Reinstall any part removed.
SC
EL
IDX
SAT035E
AT-273
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Rear Oil Seal and Companion Flange Oil Seal Replacement
Rear Oil Seal and Companion Flange Oil Seal
Replacement
NAAT0212
— 2WD MODEL —
SAT544J
SAT546J
NAAT0212S01
NOTE:
Replace rear extension assembly as a single unit because it cannot be disassembled.
1. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PD-5, “Components”.
2. Remove exhaust mounting and mounting bracket.
3. Disconnect revolution and speedometer sensor harness connector.
4. Support A/T assembly with a jack.
5. Remove rear engine mounting member. Tighten rear engine
mounting member to the specified torque. Refer to EM-61,
“Rear Engine Mounting”.
6. Remove rear extension assembly.
a. Remove parking gear and needle bearing.
CAUTION:
Insert your hand between rear extension and transmission
case. Detach rear extension assembly while holding parking
gear and needle bearing by hand.
7. Reinstall any part removed.
쐌 Always use new sealing parts.
Parking Components Inspection
— 4WD MODEL —
NAAT0213
NAAT0213S01
1.
2.
3.
Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PD-5, “Components”.
Remove transfer case from vehicle. Refer to TF-156, “Removal”.
Remove A/T control cable bracket from transmission case.
4.
5.
6.
7.
쐌
Support A/T assembly with a jack.
Remove adapter case from transmission case.
Replace parking components if necessary.
Reinstall any part removed.
Always use new sealing parts.
SAT083J
SAT078B
AT-274
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Parking Components Inspection (Cont’d)
— 2WD MODEL —
1.
2.
3.
NAAT0213S02
Remove propeller shaft from vehicle. Refer to PD-5, “Components”.
Support A/T assembly with a jack.
Remove rear engine mounting member. Tighten rear engine
mounting member to the specified torque. Refer to EM-61,
“Rear Engine Mounting”.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT551J
4. Remove rear extension assembly.
a. Remove parking gear and needle bearing.
CAUTION:
Insert your hand between rear extension and transmission
case. Detach rear extension assembly while holding parking
gear and needle bearing by hand.
5. Replace parking components if necessary.
6. Reinstall any part removed.
쐌 Always use new sealing parts.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT546J
Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SAT081B
NAAT0104
Remove manual control linkage from manual shaft of A/T
assembly.
Set manual shaft of A/T assembly in “N” position.
Loosen PNP switch fixing bolts.
Insert pin into adjustment holes in both PNP switch and
manual shaft of A/T assembly as near vertical as possible.
Reinstall any part removed.
Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to “Components
Inspection”, AT-109.
Manual Control Linkage Adjustment
TF
PD
AX
SU
NAAT0105
Move selector lever from “P” position to “1” position. You should be
able to feel the detents in each position.
If the detents cannot be felt or the pointer indicating the position is
improperly aligned, the linkage needs adjustment.
1. Place selector lever in “P” position.
2. Loosen lock nuts.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT361I
3.
4.
5.
Tighten turn buckle until aligns with inner cable, pulling selector lever toward “R” position side without pushing button.
Back off turn buckle 1 turn and tighten lock nuts to the specified torque.
Lock nut:
: 4.4 - 5.9 N·m (0.45 - 0.60 kg-m, 39.1 - 52.1 in-lb)
Move selector lever from “P” position to “1” position. Make sure
that selector lever can move smoothly.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT032G
AT-275
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal
Removal
NAAT0214
SAT362IA
CAUTION:
When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove
the crankshaft position sensor (OBD) from the A/T assembly
lower side.
Be careful not to damage sensor edge.
— 4WD MODEL —
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
쐌
쐌
8.
9.
NAAT0214S01
Remove battery negative terminal.
Remove exhaust front and rear tubes.
Remove fluid charging pipe from A/T assembly.
Remove oil cooler pipe from A/T assembly.
Plug up openings such as the fluid charging pipe hole, etc.
Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PD-5, “Components”.
Remove transfer control linkage from transfer. Refer to TF-156,
“Removal”.
Insert plug into rear oil seal after removing rear propeller
shaft.
Be careful not to damage spline, sleeve yoke and rear oil
seal.
Remove A/T control cable from A/T assembly.
Disconnect A/T solenoid, PNP switch, turbine revolution, revolution and speedometer sensor harness connectors.
SAT163K
10. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-19, “Removal and Installation”.
11. Remove bolts securing torque converter to drive plate.
쐌 Remove the bolts by turning crankshaft.
SAT148K
AT-276
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Removal (Cont’d)
12. Support A/T and transfer assembly with a jack.
13. Remove rear engine mounting member from body and A/T
assembly. Tighten rear engine mounting member to the specified torque. Refer to EM-61, “Rear Engine Mounting”.
14. Remove bolts securing A/T assembly to engine.
쐌 Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.
쐌 Secure A/T assembly to a jack.
15. Lower A/T assembly with transfer.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT801C
— 2WD MODEL —
SAT553J
EC
NAAT0214S02
CAUTION:
쐌 Do not attach lifting cable to or place supporting fixture
under companion flange at rear of A/T (shown in the figure at left) when lifting/lowering A/T.
쐌 Be sure to attach lifting cable to rear engine mounting or
dynamic damper location when lifting/lowering A/T.
1. Remove battery negative terminal.
2. Remove exhaust front and rear tubes.
3. Remove fluid charging pipe from A/T assembly.
4. Remove oil cooler pipe from A/T assembly.
5. Plug up openings such as the fluid charging pipe hole, etc.
6. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PD-5, “Components”.
7. Remove A/T control cable from A/T assembly.
8. Disconnect A/T and speedometer sensor harness connectors.
9. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-19, “Removal and Installation”.
10. Remove gusset and rear plate cover securing engine to A/T
assembly.
11. Remove bolts securing torque converter to drive plate.
쐌 Remove the bolts by turning crankshaft.
12. Support A/T assembly with a jack.
13. Remove rear engine mounting member from body and A/T
assembly. Tighten rear engine mounting member to the specified torque. Refer to EM-61, “Rear Engine Mounting”.
14. Remove bolts securing A/T assembly to engine.
15. Pull A/T assembly backwards.
쐌 Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.
쐌 Secure A/T assembly to a jack.
16. Lower A/T assembly.
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT544J
Installation
쐌
NAAT0107
Drive plate runout
Maximum allowable runout:
Refer to EM-73, “FLYWHEEL/DRIVE PLATE RUNOUT”.
If this runout is out of specification, replace drive plate with ring
gear.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT977H
AT-277
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Installation (Cont’d)
쐌
When connecting torque converter to transmission, measure
distance “A” to be certain that they are correctly assembled.
Distance “A”:
25.0 mm (0.984 in) or more
쐌
쐌
Install converter to drive plate.
After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft
several turns and check to be sure that transmission
rotates freely without binding.
쐌
Tighten bolts securing transmission.
SAT017B
SAT148K
Bolt No.
Tightening torque
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
Bolt length “”
mm (in)
1
70 - 80 (7.1 - 8.2, 52 - 59)
65 (2.56)
2
29 - 39 (3.0 - 4.0, 22 - 29)
40 (1.57)
3
70 - 80 (7.1 - 8.2, 52 - 59)
55 (2.17)
쐌
Reinstall any part removed.
쐌
쐌
Check fluid level in transmission.
Move selector lever through all positions to be sure that transmission operates correctly.
With parking brake applied, rotate engine at idling. Move selector lever through “N” to “D”, to “2”, to “1” and to “R” positions.
A slight shock should be felt by hand gripping selector each
time transmission is shifted.
Perform road test. Refer to “ROAD TEST”, AT-65.
SAT149K
쐌
SAT638A
AT-278
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Installation (Cont’d)
AIR BREATHER HOSE
NAAT0107S01
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
SAT662K
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT206KA
AT-279
IDX
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
Installation (Cont’d)
SAT153K
AT-280
OVERHAUL
Components
Components
NAAT0108
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT712K
AT-281
IDX
OVERHAUL
Components (Cont’d)
SAT671KA
AT-282
OVERHAUL
Components (Cont’d)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT672KA
IDX
AT-283
OVERHAUL
Oil Channel
Oil Channel
NAAT0109
SAT185B
AT-284
OVERHAUL
Locations of Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings
Locations of Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings
GI
NAAT0110
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT140JB
AT-285
IDX
NAAT0111
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Drain ATF through drain plug.
Remove turbine revolution sensor.
Remove torque converter by holding it firmly and turning while
pulling straight out.
4.
a.
b.
Check torque converter one-way clutch.
Insert Tool into spline of one-way clutch inner race.
Hook bearing support unitized with one-way clutch outer race
with suitable wire.
Check that one-way clutch inner race rotates only clockwise
with Tool while holding bearing support with wire.
SAT018B
c.
SAT521G
5.
Remove PNP switch from transmission case.
6.
쐌
Remove oil pan.
Always place oil pan straight down so that foreign particles
inside will not move.
7.
Place transmission into Tool with the control valve facing up.
SAT021BB
SAT754I
SAT522G
AT-286
DISASSEMBLY
8.
쐌
Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of
malfunction. If the fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and
clutches to stick and may inhibit pump pressure.
If frictional material is detected, replace radiator after
repair of A/T. Refer to LC-21, “REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION”.
GI
Remove torque converter clutch solenoid valve and A/T fluid
temperature sensor connectors.
Be careful not to damage connector.
EC
MA
EM
LC
SAT171B
9.
쐌
FE
CL
MT
SAT024BC
10. Remove oil strainer.
a. Remove oil strainer from control valve assembly.
Then remove O-ring from oil strainer.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT008B
b.
Check oil strainer screen for damage.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT025B
11. Remove control valve assembly.
a. Straighten terminal clips to free terminal cords then remove
terminal clips.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT009B
AT-287
DISASSEMBLY
b.
Remove bolts A and B, and remove control valve assembly
from transmission.
Bolt symbol
Length mm (in)
A
33 (1.30)
B
45 (1.77)
SAT353B
c.
쐌
Remove solenoid connector.
Be careful not to damage connector.
d.
Remove manual valve from control valve assembly.
SAT026B
SAT127B
12. Remove terminal cord assembly from transmission case while
pushing on stopper.
쐌 Be careful not to damage cord.
쐌 Do not remove terminal cord assembly unless it is damaged.
SAT128B
AT-288
DISASSEMBLY
13. Remove converter housing from transmission case.
쐌 Be careful not to scratch converter housing.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT999A
14. Remove O-ring from input shaft.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT995A
15. Remove oil pump assembly.
a. Attach Tool to oil pump assembly and extract it evenly from
transmission case.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT027B
b.
c.
쐌
Remove O-ring from oil pump assembly.
Remove traces of sealant from oil pump housing.
Be careful not to scratch pump housing.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT028B
d.
Remove needle bearing and thrust washer from oil pump
assembly.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT108B
AT-289
DISASSEMBLY
16. Remove input shaft and oil pump gasket.
SAT988A
17. Remove brake band and band strut.
a. Loosen lock nut and remove band servo anchor end pin from
transmission case.
SAT029B
b.
Remove brake band and band strut from transmission case.
c.
Hold brake band in a circular shape with clip.
SAT986A
SAT655
18. Remove front side clutch and gear components.
a. Remove clutch pack (reverse clutch, high clutch and front sun
gear) from transmission case.
SAT030B
AT-290
DISASSEMBLY
b.
c.
Remove front bearing race from clutch pack.
Remove rear bearing race from clutch pack.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT113B
d.
Remove front planetary carrier from transmission case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT031B
e.
f.
Remove front needle bearing from front planetary carrier.
Remove rear bearing from front planetary carrier.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT968A
g.
Remove rear sun gear from transmission case.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT974A
19. Remove rear extension assembly (2WD model only).
a. Remove rear extension assembly.
b. Remove parking gear and needle bearing.
CAUTION:
Insert your hand between rear extension and transmission
case. Detach rear extension assembly while holding parking
gear and needle bearing by hand.
c. Remove rear extension gasket.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT546J
AT-291
DISASSEMBLY
20. Remove adapter case (4WD model only).
a. Remove adapter case from transmission case.
b. Remove adapter case gasket from transmission case.
SAT755I
c.
쐌
쐌
Remove oil seal from adapter case.
Be careful not to scratch adapter case.
Do not remove oil seal unless it is to be replaced.
SAT756I
21. Remove revolution sensor from rear extension or adapter
case.
a. Remove O-ring from revolution sensor.
SAT556J
22. Remove output shaft and parking gear (4WD model only).
a. Remove rear snap ring from output shaft.
SAT960A
b.
쐌
c.
Slowly push output shaft all the way forward.
Do not use excessive force.
Remove snap ring from output shaft.
SAT957A
AT-292
DISASSEMBLY
d.
e.
Remove output shaft and parking gear as a unit from transmission case.
Remove parking gear from output shaft.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT109B
f.
Remove needle bearing from transmission case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT033B
23. Remove rear side clutch and gear components.
a. Remove front internal gear.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT954A
b.
Remove bearing race from front internal gear.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT110B
c.
Remove needle bearing from rear internal gear.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT111B
AT-293
DISASSEMBLY
d.
Remove rear internal gear, forward clutch hub and overrun
clutch hub as a set from transmission case.
e.
f.
Remove needle bearing from overrun clutch hub.
Remove overrun clutch hub from rear internal gear and forward clutch hub.
g.
Remove thrust washer from overrun clutch hub.
h.
Remove forward clutch assembly from transmission case.
SAT951A
SAT148G
SAT036B
SAT037B
24. Remove band servo and accumulator components.
a. Remove band servo retainer from transmission case.
SAT038B
AT-294
DISASSEMBLY
b.
쐌
c.
Apply compressed air to oil hole until band servo piston comes
out of transmission case.
Hold piston with a rag and gradually direct air to oil hole.
Remove return springs.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT039B
d.
e.
쐌
Remove springs from accumulator pistons B, C and D.
Apply compressed air to each oil hole until piston comes out.
Hold piston with a rag and gradually direct air to oil hole.
Identification of accumulator pistons
A
B
C
D
Identification of oil holes
a
b
c
d
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT040BA
f.
Remove O-ring from each piston.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT523GA
25. Remove manual shaft components, if necessary.
a. Hold width across flats of manual shaft (outside the transmission case) and remove lock nut from shaft.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT041B
b.
Remove retaining pin from transmission case.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT042B
AT-295
DISASSEMBLY
c.
While pushing detent spring down, remove manual plate and
parking rod from transmission case.
d.
Remove manual shaft from transmission case.
e.
Remove spacer and detent spring from transmission case.
f.
Remove oil seal from transmission case.
SAT935A
SAT043B
SAT934A
SAT044B
AT-296
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump
Oil Pump
COMPONENTS
GI
NAAT0112
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT648AF
DISASSEMBLY
1.
NAAT0113
Loosen bolts in numerical order and remove oil pump cover.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT649A
2.
쐌
Remove rotor, vane rings and vanes.
Inscribe a mark on back of rotor for identification of foreaft direction when reassembling rotor. Then remove rotor.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT650A
3.
쐌
While pushing on cam ring remove pivot pin.
Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT651A
AT-297
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
4.
쐌
쐌
While holding cam ring and spring lift out cam ring spring.
Be careful not to damage oil pump housing.
Hold cam ring spring to prevent it from jumping.
5.
Remove cam ring and cam ring spring from oil pump housing.
6.
Remove pivot pin from control piston and remove control piston assembly.
7.
쐌
Remove oil seal from oil pump housing.
Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing.
SAT652A
SAT653A
SAT654A
SAT655A
INSPECTION
NAAT0114
Oil Pump Cover, Rotor, Vanes, Control Piston, Side
Seals, Cam Ring and Friction Ring
NAAT0114S01
쐌
Check for wear or damage.
SAT656A
AT-298
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
Side Clearances
쐌
쐌
SAT657A
쐌
Seal Ring Clearance
쐌
쐌
NAAT0114S02
Measure side clearances between end of oil pump housing
and cam ring, rotor, vanes and control piston. Measure in at
least four places along their circumferences. Maximum measured values should be within specified positions.
Before measurement, check that friction rings, O-ring,
control piston side seals and cam ring spring are
removed.
Standard clearance (Cam ring, rotor, vanes and control
piston):
Refer to SDS, AT-360.
If not within standard clearance, replace oil pump assembly
except oil pump cover assembly.
NAAT0114S03
Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove.
Standard clearance:
0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
Wear limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
If not within wear limit, replace oil pump cover assembly.
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT658A
ASSEMBLY
1.
쐌
NAAT0115
Drive oil seal into oil pump housing.
Apply ATF to outer periphery and lip surface.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT081E
2.
a.
쐌
쐌
b.
Install cam ring in oil pump housing by the following
Install side seal on control piston.
Pay attention to its direction — Black surface goes toward
control piston.
Apply petroleum jelly to side seal.
Install control piston on oil pump.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT654A
c.
쐌
Install O-ring and friction ring on cam ring.
Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT660A
AT-299
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Oil Pump (Cont’d)
d.
Assemble cam ring, cam ring spring and spring seat. Install
spring by pushing it against pump housing.
e.
While pushing on cam ring install pivot pin.
3.
쐌
Install rotor, vanes and vane rings.
Pay attention to direction of rotor.
4.
a.
Install oil pump housing and oil pump cover.
Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assembly to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly in oil
pump housing assembly, then remove masking tape.
Tighten bolts in a criss-cross pattern.
SAT661A
SAT651A
SAT662A
b.
SAT649A
5.
쐌
쐌
Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring grooves with
petroleum jelly. Press rings down into jelly to a close fit.
Seal rings come in two different diameters. Check fit carefully in each groove.
Small dia. seal ring:
No mark
Large dia. seal ring:
Yellow mark in area shown by arrow
Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while installing. It may deform ring.
SAT663A
AT-300
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly
Control Valve Assembly
COMPONENTS
GI
NAAT0116
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
SAT156KA
AT-301
IDX
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
NAAT0117
b.
Remove solenoids.
Remove torque converter clutch solenoid valve and side plate
from lower body.
Remove O-ring from solenoid.
c.
d.
Remove line pressure solenoid valve from upper body.
Remove O-ring from solenoid.
e.
f.
Remove 3-unit solenoid assembly from upper body.
Remove O-rings from solenoids.
2.
a.
Disassemble upper and lower bodies.
Place upper body facedown, and remove bolts, reamer bolts
and support plates.
Remove lower body, separator plate as a unit from upper body.
Be careful not to drop pilot filter, orifice check valve,
spring and steel balls.
SAT194B
SAT667A
SAT043G
b.
쐌
SAT195B
c.
d.
Place lower body facedown, and remove separator plate.
Remove pilot filter, orifice check valve and orifice check spring.
SAT670A
AT-302
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
e.
Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper
body. Then remove them from upper body.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT671A
INSPECTION
Lower and Upper Bodies
쐌
EC
NAAT0118
NAAT0118S01
Check to see that there are pins and retainer plates in lower
body.
FE
CL
MT
SAT672A
쐌
쐌
Check to see that there are pins and retainer plates in upper
body.
Be careful not to lose these parts.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT673A
쐌
쐌
Check to make sure that oil circuits are clean and free from
damage.
Check tube brackets and tube connectors for damage.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT674A
Separator Plate
쐌
NAAT0118S02
Make sure that separator plate is free of damage and not
deformed and oil holes are clean.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT675A
AT-303
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
Pilot Filter
쐌
NAAT0118S03
Check to make sure that filter is not clogged or damaged.
SAT676A
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
쐌
쐌
Line Pressure Solenoid Valve
쐌
쐌
NAAT0118S04
Check that filter is not clogged or damaged.
Measure resistance. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-158.
NAAT0118S05
Check that filter is not clogged or damaged.
Measure resistance. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-173.
SAT149G
3-Unit Solenoid Assembly (Overrun Clutch Solenoid
Valve and Shift Solenoid Valves A and B)
NAAT0118S06
쐌
Measure resistance of each solenoid. Refer to “Component
Inspection”, AT-177, AT-181 and AT-192.
SAT095B
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor and Switch
쐌
NAAT0118S07
Measure resistance. Refer to “Component Inspection”, AT-116
and AT-264.
SAT096BA
ASSEMBLY
1.
a.
NAAT0119
Install upper and lower bodies.
Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their
proper positions.
SAT671A
AT-304
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
b.
Install reamer bolts from bottom of upper body.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT681A
c.
Place oil circuit of lower body face up. Install orifice check
spring, orifice check valve and pilot filter.
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT682A
d.
e.
Install lower separator plate on lower body.
Install and temporarily tighten support plates, A/T fluid temperature sensor and tube brackets.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT197B
f.
쐌
Temporarily assemble lower and upper bodies, using reamer
bolt as a guide.
Be careful not to dislocate or drop steel balls, orifice
check spring, orifice check valve and pilot filter.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT198B
AT-305
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Assembly (Cont’d)
g.
Install and temporarily tighten bolts and tube brackets in their
proper locations.
Bolt length and location:
Bolt symbol
Bolt length mm (in)
a
b
c
d
70 (2.76)
50 (1.97)
33 (1.30)
27 (1.06)
SAT199BA
2.
a.
Install solenoids.
Attach O-ring and install torque converter clutch solenoid valve
and side plates onto lower body.
b.
Attach O-rings and install 3-unit solenoids assembly onto
upper body.
Attach O-ring and install line pressure solenoid valve onto
upper body.
Tighten all bolts.
SAT200B
c.
3.
SAT150G
AT-306
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body
Control Valve Upper Body
COMPONENTS
GI
NAAT0120
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
SAT142JA
Apply ATF to all components before their installation.
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in SDS on page AT-357.
EL
IDX
AT-307
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY
NAAT0121
1.
쐌
Remove valves at parallel pins.
Do not use a magnetic hand.
a.
Use a wire paper clip to push out parallel pins.
b.
Remove parallel pins while pressing their corresponding plugs
and sleeves.
Remove plug slowly to prevent internal parts from jumping out.
SAT834A
SAT822A
쐌
SAT823A
c.
쐌
Place mating surface of valve facedown, and remove internal
parts.
If a valve is hard to remove, place valve body facedown
and lightly tap it with a soft hammer.
Be careful not to drop or damage valves and sleeves.
2.
a.
Remove valves at retainer plates.
Pry out retainer plate with wire paper clip.
쐌
SAT824A
SAT825A
AT-308
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
b.
Remove retainer plates while holding spring.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT826A
c.
쐌
쐌
Place mating surface of valve facedown, and remove internal
parts.
If a valve is hard to remove, lightly tap valve body with a
soft hammer.
Be careful not to drop or damage valves, sleeves, etc.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT827A
쐌
쐌
4-2 sequence valve and relay valve are located far back in
upper body. If they are hard to remove, carefully push them out
using stiff wire.
Be careful not to scratch sliding surface of valve with wire.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT828A
INSPECTION
Valve Springs
쐌
쐌
Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring.
Also check for damage or deformation.
Inspection standard:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
Control Valves
쐌
NAAT0122
NAAT0122S01
쐌
RS
BT
SAT829A
1.
ST
NAAT0122S02
Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.
ASSEMBLY
BR
NAAT0123
Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install
control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores.
Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT830A
AT-309
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
쐌
Wrap a small screwdriver with vinyl tape and use it to insert the
valves into proper position.
SAT831A
Pressure regulator valve
쐌 If pressure regulator plug is not centered properly, sleeve cannot be inserted into bore in upper body. If this happens, use
vinyl tape wrapped screwdriver to center sleeve until it can be
inserted.
쐌 Turn sleeve slightly while installing.
SAT832A
Accumulator control plug
쐌 Align protrusion of accumulator control sleeve with notch in
plug.
쐌 Align parallel pin groove in plug with parallel pin, and install
accumulator control valve.
SAT833A
2.
Install parallel pins and retainer plates.
쐌
While pushing plug, install parallel pin.
SAT834A
SAT823A
AT-310
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Upper Body (Cont’d)
4-2 sequence valve and relay valve
쐌 Push 4-2 sequence valve and relay valve with wire wrapped in
vinyl tape to prevent scratching valve body. Install parallel pins.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT835A
쐌
Insert retainer plate while pushing spring.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT836A
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-311
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Lower Body
Control Valve Lower Body
COMPONENTS
NAAT0124
SAT966I
Apply ATF to all components before their installation.
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in SDS on page AT-357.
AT-312
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Control Valve Lower Body (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
NAAT0125
Remove valves at parallel pins.
Remove valves at retainer plates.
For removal procedures, refer to “DISASSEMBLY” of Control
Valve Upper Body.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT838A
INSPECTION
Valve Springs
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0126S02
FE
CL
MT
Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for
damage.
ASSEMBLY
쐌
NAAT0126S01
Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also
measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
Control Valves
SAT829A
EC
NAAT0126
NAAT0127
Install control valves.
For installation procedures, refer to “ASSEMBLY” of Control
Valve Upper Body, AT-309.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT838A
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-313
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch
Reverse Clutch
COMPONENTS
NAAT0128
SAT699K
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0129
Check operation of reverse clutch.
Install seal ring onto oil pump cover and install reverse clutch.
Apply compressed air to oil hole.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring,
D-ring might be damaged.
Lip seal might be damaged.
Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT841A
2.
Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate, dish plate
and snap ring.
SAT842A
AT-314
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch (Cont’d)
3.
쐌
4.
Remove snap ring from clutch drum while compressing clutch
springs.
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
Remove spring retainer.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT524G
5.
쐌
6.
Install seal ring onto oil pump cover and install reverse clutch
drum. While holding piston, gradually apply compressed air to
oil hole until piston is removed.
Do not apply compressed air abruptly.
Remove D-ring and oil seal from piston.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT844A
INSPECTION
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring and Spring Retainer
쐌
NAAT0130
NAAT0130S01
Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
TF
PD
AX
SU
Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
쐌
쐌
쐌
Reverse Clutch Dish Plate
쐌
NAAT0130S03
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value: 1.90 - 2.05 mm (0.0748 - 0.0807 in)
Wear limit: 1.80 mm (0.0709 in)
If not within wear limit, replace.
쐌
RS
BT
SAT845A
쐌
쐌
ST
NAAT0130S04
Check for deformation or damage.
Reverse Clutch Piston
BR
NAAT0130S05
Shake piston to assure that balls are not seized.
Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole opposite the return
spring. Make sure there is no air leakage.
Also apply compressed air to oil hole on return spring side to
assure that air leaks past ball.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT846A
AT-315
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch (Cont’d)
ASSEMBLY
NAAT0131
1.
쐌
Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
Apply ATF to both parts.
2.
쐌
3.
Install piston assembly by turning it slowly and evenly.
Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
Install spring retainer.
4.
Install snap ring while compressing clutch springs.
쐌
Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
5.
6.
Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate.
Install snap ring.
SAT847A
SAT848A
SAT524G
SAT850A
SAT842A
AT-316
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Reverse Clutch (Cont’d)
7.
Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If
not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance:
Standard
0.5 - 0.8 mm (0.020 - 0.031 in)
Allowable limit
1.2 mm (0.047 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to SDS, AT-358.
GI
Check operation of reverse clutch.
Refer to “DISASSEMBLY” of Reverse Clutch, AT-314.
EC
MA
EM
LC
SAT852A
8.
FE
CL
MT
SAT841A
High Clutch
COMPONENTS
NAAT0132
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
SAT158KA
EL
IDX
AT-317
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High Clutch (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
NAAT0133
Service procedures for high clutch are essentially the same as
those for reverse clutch, with the following exception:
SAT853A
쐌
Check of high clutch operation
쐌
Removal and installation of return spring
쐌
Inspection of high clutch return springs
Inspection standard:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
쐌
Inspection of high clutch drive plate
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard
1.52 - 1.67 mm (0.0598 - 0.0657 in)
Wear limit
1.40 mm (0.0551 in)
SAT854A
SAT525G
SAT829A
SAT845A
AT-318
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
High Clutch (Cont’d)
쐌
Measurement of clearance between retaining plate and snap
ring
Specified clearance:
Standard
1.8 - 2.2 mm (0.071 - 0.087 in)
Allowable limit
3.2 mm (0.126 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to SDS, AT-358.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT858A
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-319
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward and Overrun Clutches
Forward and Overrun Clutches
COMPONENTS
NAAT0134
SAT711K
AT-320
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward and Overrun Clutches (Cont’d)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
NAAT0135
Forward and overrun clutches are serviced essentially the same
way as reverse clutch is serviced. However, note the following
exceptions.
쐌 Check of forward clutch operation
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT860A
쐌
Check of overrun clutch operation
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT861A
쐌
Removal of forward clutch drum
Remove forward clutch drum from transmission case by holding snap ring.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT865A
쐌
a)
Removal of forward clutch and overrun clutch pistons
While holding overrun clutch piston, gradually apply compressed air to oil hole.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT862A
b)
Remove overrun clutch from forward clutch.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT863A
AT-321
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward and Overrun Clutches (Cont’d)
쐌
Removal and installation of return springs
쐌
Inspection of forward clutch and overrun clutch return springs
Inspection standard:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
쐌
Inspection of forward clutch drive plates
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard
1.52 - 1.67 mm (0.0598 - 0.0657 in)
Wear limit
1.40 mm (0.0551 in)
쐌
Inspection of overrun clutch drive plates
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard
1.90 - 2.05 mm (0.0748 - 0.0807 in)
Wear limit
1.80 mm (0.0709 in)
쐌
a)
쐌
Installation of forward clutch piston and overrun clutch piston
Install forward clutch piston by turning it slowly and evenly.
Apply ATF to inner surface of clutch drum.
SAT526G
SAT829A
SAT845A
SAT845A
SAT866A
AT-322
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward and Overrun Clutches (Cont’d)
쐌
Align notch in forward clutch piston with groove in forward clutch drum.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT867A
b)
쐌
Install overrun clutch by turning it slowly and evenly.
Apply ATF to inner surface of forward clutch piston.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT868A
쐌
Measurement of clearance between retaining plate and snap
ring of overrun clutch
Specified clearance:
Standard
1.0 - 1.4 mm (0.039 - 0.055 in)
Allowable limit
2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to SDS, AT-359.
PD
AX
SU
SAT869A
쐌
SAT870A
TF
Measurement of clearance between retaining plate and snap
ring of forward clutch
Specified clearance:
Standard
0.35 - 0.75 mm (0.0138 - 0.0295 in)
Allowable limit
Model 4EX16, 4EX79 (2WD)
2.15 mm (0.0846 in)
Model 4EX17, 4EX23, 4EX80, 4EX81 (4WD)
2.35 mm (0.0925 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to SDS, AT-359.
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-323
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake
Low & Reverse Brake
COMPONENTS
NAAT0136
SAT673KA
DISASSEMBLY
1.
a.
b.
c.
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0137
Check operation of low and reverse brake.
Install seal ring onto oil pump cover and install reverse clutch.
Apply compressed air to oil hole.
Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
If retaining plate does not contact snap ring,
D-ring might be damaged.
Oil seal might be damaged.
Fluid might be leaking past piston check ball.
SAT872A
2.
Remove snap ring, and then remove retaining plate, low and
reverse brake drive plates, driven plates, dish plate and
U-spring.
NOTE:
쐌 U-spring can be set only at the installation position shown in
component figure.
쐌 U-spring is removed when the front driven plate is removed.
SAT873A
AT-324
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake (Cont’d)
3.
4.
5.
Remove low one-way clutch inner race, spring retainer and
return spring from transmission case.
Remove seal rings from low one-way clutch inner race.
Remove needle bearing from low one-way clutch inner race.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT382I
6.
7.
Remove low and reverse brake piston using compressed air.
Remove oil seal and D-ring from piston.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT876A
INSPECTION
NAAT0138
Low and Reverse Brake Snap Ring and Spring Retainer
NAAT0138S01
쐌
Check for deformation, or damage.
TF
PD
AX
SU
Low and Reverse Brake Return Springs
쐌
NAAT0138S02
Check for deformation or damage. Also measure free length
and outside diameter.
Inspection standard:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT829A
Low and Reverse Brake Drive Plates
쐌
쐌
SAT845A
Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value
Model 4EX16, 4EX79 (2WD)
1.90 - 2.05 mm (0.075 - 0.081 in)
Model 4EX17, 4EX23, 4EX80, 4EX81 (4WD)
1.52 - 1.67 mm (0.0598 - 0.0657 in)
Wear limit
AT-325
NAAT0138S03
HA
SC
EL
IDX
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake (Cont’d)
쐌
1.40 mm (0.0551 in)
If not within wear limit, replace.
Low One-way Clutch Inner Race
NAAT0138S04
쐌
Check frictional surface of inner race for wear or damage.
쐌
쐌
쐌
Install a new seal rings onto low one-way clutch inner race.
Be careful not to expand seal ring gap excessively.
Measure seal ring-to-groove clearance.
Inspection standard:
Standard value: 0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
Allowable limit: 0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
If not within allowable limit, replace low one-way clutch inner
race.
SAT877A
쐌
SAT878A
ASSEMBLY
1.
쐌
NAAT0139
쐌
Install needle bearing onto one-way clutch inner race.
Pay attention to its direction — Black surface goes to rear
side.
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
2.
쐌
Install lip seal and D-ring onto piston.
Apply ATF to oil seal and D-ring.
SAT112B
SAT879AB
AT-326
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Low & Reverse Brake (Cont’d)
3.
쐌
Install piston by rotating it slowly and evenly.
Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT880A
4.
5.
6.
Install return springs, spring retainer and low one-way clutch
inner race onto transmission case.
Install dish plate, low and reverse brake drive plates, driven
plates and U-spring, and then retaining plate.
Install snap ring on transmission case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT881A
7.
Check operation of low and reverse brake clutch piston. Refer
to “DISASSEMBLY”, AT-324.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT872A
8.
Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring.
If not within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance:
Standard
0.8 - 1.1 mm (0.031 - 0.043 in)
Allowable limit
2.7 mm (0.106 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to SDS, AT-360.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT885A
9.
쐌
쐌
Install low one-way clutch inner race seal ring.
Apply petroleum jelly to seal ring.
Make sure seal rings are pressed firmly into place and
held by petroleum jelly.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT884A
AT-327
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch Drum Assembly
Forward Clutch Drum Assembly
COMPONENTS
NAAT0140
SAT211GA
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Remove snap ring from forward clutch drum.
Remove side plate from forward clutch drum.
3.
4.
Remove low one-way clutch from forward clutch drum.
Remove snap ring from forward clutch drum.
5.
Remove needle bearing from forward clutch drum.
SAT212G
SAT213G
SAT891A
AT-328
NAAT0141
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch Drum Assembly (Cont’d)
INSPECTION
Forward Clutch Drum
쐌
쐌
NAAT0142
GI
NAAT0142S01
Check spline portion for wear or damage.
Check frictional surfaces of low one-way clutch and needle
bearing for wear or damage.
MA
EM
LC
SAT892A
Needle Bearing and Low One-way Clutch
쐌
EC
NAAT0142S02
Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
FE
CL
MT
SAT893A
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
NAAT0143
Install needle bearing in forward clutch drum.
Install snap ring onto forward clutch drum.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT214G
3.
Install low one-way clutch onto forward clutch drum by pushing the roller in evenly.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT894A
쐌
Install low one-way clutch with flange facing rearward.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT895A
AT-329
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Forward Clutch Drum Assembly (Cont’d)
4.
5.
Install side plate onto forward clutch drum.
Install snap ring onto forward clutch drum.
SAT887A
Rear Internal Gear and Forward Clutch Hub
COMPONENTS
NAAT0144
SAT896AA
DISASSEMBLY
NAAT0145
1.
Remove rear internal gear by pushing forward clutch hub forward.
2.
Remove thrust washer from rear internal gear.
SAT897A
SAT898A
AT-330
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Rear Internal Gear and Forward Clutch Hub (Cont’d)
3.
Remove snap ring from forward clutch hub.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT899A
4.
EC
Remove end bearing.
FE
CL
MT
SAT900A
5.
Remove forward one-way clutch and end bearing as a unit
from forward clutch hub.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT955A
6.
Remove snap ring from forward clutch hub.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT901A
INSPECTION
Rear Internal Gear and Forward Clutch Hub
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0146
HA
NAAT0146S01
Check gear for excessive wear, chips or cracks.
Check frictional surfaces of forward one-way clutch and thrust
washer for wear or damage.
Check spline for wear or damage.
SC
EL
IDX
SAT902A
AT-331
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Rear Internal Gear and Forward Clutch Hub (Cont’d)
Snap Ring and End Bearing
쐌
NAAT0146S02
Check for deformation or damage.
SAT903A
ASSEMBLY
NAAT0147
1.
2.
Install snap ring onto forward clutch hub.
Install end bearing.
3.
쐌
4.
5.
Install forward one-way clutch onto clutch hub.
Install forward one-way clutch with flange facing rearward.
Install end bearing.
Install snap ring onto forward clutch hub.
6.
쐌
쐌
Install thrust washer onto rear internal gear.
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
Securely insert pawls of thrust washer into holes in rear
internal gear.
7.
Position forward clutch hub in rear internal gear.
SAT901A
SAT904A
SAT906A
SAT907A
AT-332
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Rear Internal Gear and Forward Clutch Hub (Cont’d)
8.
After installing, check to assure that forward clutch hub rotates
clockwise.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT905A
EC
Band Servo Piston Assembly
COMPONENTS
NAAT0148
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SAT161KA
SU
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
NAAT0149
Block one oil hole in OD servo piston retainer and the center
hole in OD band servo piston.
Apply compressed air to the other oil hole in piston retainer to
remove OD band servo piston from retainer.
Remove D-ring from OD band servo piston.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT909A
4.
Remove band servo piston assembly from servo piston
retainer by pushing it forward.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT910A
AT-333
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
5.
Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing
servo piston spring retainer down, remove E-ring.
6.
Remove servo piston spring retainer, return spring C and piston stem from band servo piston.
7.
Remove E-ring from band servo piston.
SAT911A
SAT912A
SAT913A
8. Remove servo cushion spring retainer from band servo piston.
9. Remove D-rings from band servo piston.
10. Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.
SAT914A
INSPECTION
Pistons, Retainers and Piston Stem
쐌
NAAT0150
NAAT0150S01
Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.
SAT915A
AT-334
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
Return Springs
쐌
NAAT0150S02
Check for deformation or damage. Measure free length and
outer diameter.
Inspection standard:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT162K
ASSEMBLY
1.
쐌
쐌
EC
NAAT0151
Install O-rings onto servo piston retainer.
Apply ATF to O-rings.
Pay attention to position of each O-ring.
FE
CL
MT
SAT917A
2.
Install servo cushion spring retainer onto band servo piston.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT918A
3.
Install E-ring onto servo cushion spring retainer.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT919A
4.
쐌
Install D-rings onto band servo piston.
Apply ATF to D-rings.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT920A
AT-335
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Band Servo Piston Assembly (Cont’d)
5.
Install servo piston spring retainer, return spring C and piston
stem onto band servo piston.
6.
Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing
servo piston spring retainer down, install E-ring.
7.
Install band servo piston assembly onto servo piston retainer
by pushing it inward.
8.
쐌
Install D-ring on OD band servo piston.
Apply ATF to D-ring.
9.
Install OD band servo piston onto servo piston retainer by
pushing it inward.
SAT912A
SAT921A
SAT922A
SAT923A
SAT924A
AT-336
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Parking Pawl Components
Parking Pawl Components
COMPONENTS
GI
NAAT0152
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SAT558JA
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
SU
NAAT0153
Slide return spring to the front of adapter case flange.
Remove return spring, parking pawl spacer and parking pawl
from adapter case.
Remove parking pawl shaft from adapter case.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT226H
4.
Remove parking actuator support from adapter case.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT228H
AT-337
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
Parking Pawl Components (Cont’d)
INSPECTION
Parking Pawl and Parking Actuator Support
쐌
쐌
쐌
NAAT0209S01
Check contact surface of parking rod for wear.
Rear Extension Assembly (2WD model only)
쐌
NAAT0209
NAAT0209S02
Check for free play between companion flange and output
shaft.
Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
Check contact surface of output shaft for wear.
SAT998G
ASSEMBLY
NAAT0154
1.
2.
3.
Install parking actuator support onto adapter case.
Insert parking pawl shaft into adapter case.
Install return spring, pawl spacer and parking pawl onto parking pawl shaft.
4.
Bend return spring upward and install it onto adapter case.
SAT229H
SAT226H
AT-338
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1)
Assembly (1)
1.
a.
쐌
쐌
b.
NAAT0155
c.
Install manual shaft components.
Install oil seal onto manual shaft.
Apply ATF to oil seal.
Wrap threads of manual shaft with masking tape.
Insert manual shaft and oil seal as a unit into transmission
case.
Remove masking tape.
d.
Push oil seal evenly and install it onto transmission case.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT931A
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT932A
e.
Align groove in shaft with retaining pin hole, then retaining pin
into position as shown in figure at left.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT933A
f.
g.
Install detent spring and spacer.
While pushing detent spring down, install manual plate onto
manual shaft.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT901E
h.
Install lock nuts onto manual shaft.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT936A
AT-339
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
2. Install accumulator piston.
a. Install O-rings onto accumulator piston.
쐌 Apply ATF to O-rings.
Accumulator piston O-rings
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator
A
B
C
D
Small diameter end
29 (1.14)
32 (1.26)
45 (1.77)
29 (1.14)
Large diameter end
45 (1.77)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
45 (1.77)
SAT523GA
b.
Install return spring for accumulator A onto transmission case.
Free length of return spring:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
c.
쐌
Install accumulator pistons A, B, C and D.
Apply ATF to transmission case.
3.
a.
Install band servo piston.
Install return springs onto servo piston.
b.
쐌
Install band servo piston onto transmission case.
Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmission case.
Install gasket for band servo onto transmission case.
SAT938A
SAT939AA
SAT941A
c.
SAT942A
AT-340
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
d.
Install band servo retainer onto transmission case.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT940A
4.
a.
Install rear side clutch and gear components.
Place transmission case in vertical position.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT943A
b.
Slightly lift forward clutch drum assembly. Then slowly rotate it
clockwise until its hub passes fully over clutch inner race inside
transmission case.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT944A
c.
Check to be sure that rotation direction of forward clutch
assembly is correct.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT945A
d.
쐌
쐌
Install thrust washer onto front of overrun clutch hub.
Apply petroleum jelly to the thrust washer.
Insert pawls of thrust washer securely into holes in overrun clutch hub.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT946A
AT-341
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
e.
Install overrun clutch hub onto rear internal gear assembly.
f.
쐌
Install needle bearing onto rear of overrun clutch hub.
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
g.
Check that overrun clutch hub rotates as shown while holding
forward clutch hub.
h.
Place transmission case into horizontal position.
i.
Install rear internal gear, forward clutch hub and overrun clutch
hub as a unit onto transmission case.
SAT947A
SAT948A
SAT949A
SAT527G
SAT951A
AT-342
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
j.
쐌
Install needle bearing onto rear internal gear.
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT952A
k.
쐌
쐌
Install bearing race onto rear of front internal gear.
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race.
Securely engage pawls of bearing race with holes in front
internal gear.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT953A
l.
Install front internal gear on transmission case.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT954A
5.
a.
b.
c.
d.
쐌
Install rear extension assembly on transmission case (2WD
model only).
Install revolution sensor on rear extension.
Install rear extension gasket on transmission case.
Install parking rod on transmission case.
Install parking gear and needle bearing.
Insert rear extension assembly into place while holding
parking gear and needle bearing by hand.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT546J
6.
a.
쐌
Install output shaft and parking gear (4WD model only).
Insert output shaft from rear of transmission case while slightly
lifting front internal gear.
Do not force output shaft against front of transmission
case.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT216B
AT-343
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
b.
쐌
Carefully push output shaft against front of transmission case.
Install snap ring on front of output shaft.
Check to be sure output shaft cannot be removed in rear
direction.
SAT957A
c.
쐌
쐌
Install needle bearing on transmission case.
Pay attention to its direction — Black side goes to rear.
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
d.
Install parking gear on transmission case.
e.
쐌
Install snap ring on rear of output shaft.
Check to be sure output shaft cannot be removed in forward direction.
7.
a.
쐌
Install adapter case (4WD model only).
Install oil seal on adapter case.
Apply ATF to oil seal.
SAT217B
SAT218B
SAT960A
SAT759I
AT-344
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
b.
쐌
c.
Install O-ring on revolution sensor.
Apply ATF to O-ring.
Install revolution sensor on adapter case.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT757I
d.
Install adapter case gasket on transmission case.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT963A
e.
Install parking rod on transmission case.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT964A
f.
Install adapter case on transmission case.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT755I
8.
a.
쐌
Install front side clutch and gear components.
Install rear sun gear on transmission case.
Pay attention to its direction.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT974A
AT-345
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (1) (Cont’d)
b.
쐌
c.
쐌
쐌
Make sure needle bearing is on front of front planetary carrier.
Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
Make sure needle bearing is on rear of front planetary carrier.
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing.
Pay attention to its direction — Black side goes to front.
d.
While rotating forward clutch drum clockwise, install front planetary carrier on forward clutch drum.
쐌
Check that portion A of front planetary carrier protrudes
approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) beyond portion B of forward
clutch assembly.
e.
쐌
쐌
Make sure bearing races are on front and rear of clutch pack.
Apply petroleum jelly to bearing races.
Securely engage pawls of bearing races with holes in
clutch pack.
f.
Install clutch pack into transmission case.
SAT967A
SAT969A
SAT970A
SAT971A
SAT973A
AT-346
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment
Adjustment
=NAAT0156
When any parts listed in the following table are replaced, total end
play or reverse clutch end play must be adjusted.
Part name
Total end play
Reverse clutch end play
Transmission case
쐌
쐌
Low one-way clutch inner race
쐌
쐌
Overrun clutch hub
쐌
쐌
Rear internal gear
쐌
쐌
Rear planetary carrier
쐌
쐌
Rear sun gear
쐌
쐌
Front planetary carrier
쐌
쐌
Front sun gear
쐌
쐌
High clutch hub
쐌
쐌
High clutch drum
쐌
쐌
Oil pump cover
쐌
쐌
Reverse clutch drum
—
쐌
1.
Adjust total end play.
Total end play “T1”:
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
GI
MA
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT975A
a.
With needle bearing installed, place J34291-1 (bridge),
J34291-2 (legs) and the J34291-5 (gauging cylinder) onto oil
pump. The long ends of legs should be placed firmly on
machined surface of oil pump assembly. The gauging cylinder
should rest on top of the needle bearing. Lock gauging cylinder in place with set screw.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT976A
b.
Install J34291-23 (gauging plunger) into gauging cylinder.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT977A
AT-347
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (Cont’d)
c.
Install original bearing race inside reverse clutch drum. Place
shim selecting gauge with its legs on machined surface of
transmission case (no gasket). Allow gauging plunger to rest
on bearing race. Lock gauging plunger in place with set screw.
d.
Remove Tool and use feeler gauge to measure gap between
gauging cylinder and gauging plunger. This measurement
should give exact total end play.
Total end play “T1”:
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
If end play is out of specification, decrease or increase thickness of oil pump cover bearing race as necessary.
Available oil pump cover bearing race:
Refer to SDS, AT-360.
SAT978A
쐌
SAT979A
2.
Adjust reverse clutch drum end play.
Reverse clutch drum end play “T2”:
0.55 - 0.90 mm (0.0217 - 0.0354 in)
a.
Place J34291-1 (bridge), J34291-2 (legs) and J34291-5 (gauging cylinder) on machined surface of transmission case (no
gasket). Allow gauging cylinder to rest on front thrust surface
of reverse clutch drum. Lock cylinder in place with set screw.
b.
Install J34291-23 (gauging plunger) into gauging cylinder.
SAT980A
SAT981A
SAT982AA
AT-348
ASSEMBLY
Adjustment (Cont’d)
c.
Install original thrust washer on oil pump. Place shim setting
gauge legs onto machined surface of oil pump assembly. Allow
gauging plunger to rest on thrust washer. Lock plunger in place
with set screw.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT983A
d.
쐌
Use feeler gauge to measure gap between gauging plunger
and gauging cylinder. This measurement should give you exact
reverse clutch drum end play.
Reverse clutch drum end play “T2”:
0.55 - 0.90 mm (0.0217 - 0.0354 in)
If end play is out of specification, decrease or increase thickness of oil pump thrust washer as necessary.
Available oil pump thrust washer:
Refer to SDS, AT-361.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT984A
Assembly (2)
1.
a.
쐌
NAAT0157
Install brake band and band strut.
Install band strut on brake band.
Apply petroleum jelly to band strut.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT985A
b.
Place brake band on periphery of reverse clutch drum, and
insert band strut into end of band servo piston stem.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT986A
c.
Install anchor end bolt on transmission case. Then, tighten
anchor end bolt just enough so that reverse clutch drum (clutch
pack) will not tilt forward.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT987A
AT-349
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
2.
쐌
3.
Install input shaft on transmission case.
Pay attention to its direction — O-ring groove side is front.
Install gasket on transmission case.
4.
a.
쐌
b.
쐌
Install oil pump assembly.
Install needle bearing on oil pump assembly.
Apply petroleum jelly to the needle bearing.
Install selected thrust washer on oil pump assembly.
Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
c.
Carefully install seal rings into grooves and press them into the
petroleum jelly so that they are a tight fit.
d.
쐌
Install O-ring on oil pump assembly.
Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
e.
Apply petroleum jelly to mating surface of transmission case
and oil pump assembly.
SAT988A
SAT989A
SAT990A
SAT991A
SAT992A
AT-350
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
f.
쐌
Install oil pump assembly.
Install two converter housing securing bolts in bolt holes
in oil pump assembly as guides.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT993A
쐌
Insert oil pump assembly to the specified position in
transmission, as shown at left.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT994A
5.
쐌
Install O-ring on input shaft.
Apply ATF to O-rings.
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT114B
6.
a.
쐌
Install converter housing.
Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI section.) to outer periphery of bolt
holes in converter housing.
Do not apply too much sealant.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT397C
b.
c.
Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI section.) to seating surfaces of
bolts that secure front of converter housing.
Install converter housing on transmission case.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT158G
AT-351
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
7.
8.
a.
b.
Install turbine revolution sensor.
Adjust brake band.
Tighten anchor end bolt to specified torque.
Anchor end bolt:
: 4 - 6 N·m (0.4 - 0.6 kg-m, 35 - 52 in-lb)
Back off anchor end bolt two and a half turns.
SAT001B
c.
While holding anchor end bolt, tighten lock nut.
Ancher end bolt nut:
: 41 - 50 N·m (4.1 - 5.2 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
9.
a.
쐌
b.
Install terminal cord assembly.
Install O-ring on terminal cord assembly.
Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
Compress terminal cord assembly stopper and install terminal
cord assembly on transmission case.
SAT002B
SAT115B
10. Install control valve assembly.
a. Install accumulator piston return springs B, C and D.
Free length of return springs:
Refer to SDS, AT-357.
SAT004BA
b.
쐌
Install manual valve on control valve.
Apply ATF to manual valve.
SAT005B
AT-352
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
c.
d.
Place control valve assembly on transmission case. Connect
solenoid connector for upper body.
Install connector clip.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT006B
e.
f.
쐌
Install control valve assembly on transmission case.
Install connector tube brackets and tighten bolts A and B.
Check that terminal assembly does not catch.
Bolt symbol
EC
FE
mm (in)
A
33 (1.30)
B
45 (1.77)
CL
MT
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT353B
g.
쐌
h.
Install O-ring on oil strainer.
Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
Install oil strainer on control valve.
BR
ST
RS
BT
SAT221B
i.
Securely fasten terminal harness with clips.
HA
SC
EL
IDX
SAT009B
AT-353
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
j.
Install torque converter clutch solenoid valve and A/T fluid temperature sensor connectors.
SAT010B
11. Install oil pan.
a. Attach a magnet to oil pan.
SAT011B
b.
c.
쐌
쐌
d.
Install new oil pan gasket on transmission case.
Install oil pan and bracket on transmission case.
Always replace oil pan bolts as they are self-sealing bolts.
Before installing bolts, remove traces of sealant and oil
from mating surface and thread holes.
Tighten four bolts in a criss-cross pattern to prevent dislocation of gasket.
Tighten drain plug.
12.
a.
b.
c.
Install PNP switch.
Check that manual shaft is in “1” position.
Temporarily install PNP switch on manual shaft.
Move manual shaft to “N”.
d.
Tighten bolts while inserting 4.0 mm (0.157 in) dia. pin vertically into locating holes in PNP switch and manual shaft.
쐌
SAT365I
SAT299I
SAT014B
AT-354
ASSEMBLY
Assembly (2) (Cont’d)
13. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
쐌 Approximately 2 liters (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 Imp qt) of fluid
are required for a new torque converter.
쐌 When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of fluid as was drained.
GI
MA
EM
LC
SAT428DA
b.
Install torque converter while aligning notches and oil pump.
EC
FE
CL
MT
SAT016B
c.
Measure distance A to check that torque converter is in proper
position.
Distance “A”:
25.0 mm (0.984 in) or more
TF
PD
AX
SU
SAT017B
BR
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-355
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specifications
General Specifications
NAAT0160
VQ35DE engine
Applied model
2WD
4WD
Automatic transmission model
RE4R01A
Transmission model code number
4EX74
4EX75, 4EX76
Stall torque ratio
2.0 : 1
Transmission gear ratio
1st
2.785
2nd
1.545
Top
1.000
OD
0.694
Reverse
2.272
Nissan Matic “D” (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Genuine Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid (Canada)*1
Recommended fluid
Fluid capacity
8.5 (9 US qt, 7-1/2 Imp qt)
*1: Refer to MA-12, “Fluids and Lubricants”.
Shift Schedule
NAAT0178
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS THROTTLE POSITION
NAAT0178S01
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Throttle position
D 1 , D2
D2 , D 3
D3 , D 4
D4 , D 3
D3 , D 2
D2 , D 1
12 , 1 1
Full throttle
55 - 59
(34 - 37)
105 - 113
(65 - 70)
174 - 184
(108 - 114)
170 - 180
(106 - 112)
102 - 110
(63 - 68)
43 - 47
(27 - 29)
43 - 47
(27 - 29)
Half throttle
37 - 41
(23 - 25)
71 - 79
(44 - 49)
129 - 139
(80 - 86)
81 - 91
(50 - 57)
33 - 41
(21 - 25)
12 - 16
(7 - 10)
43 - 47
(27 - 29)
VEHICLE SPEED WHEN PERFORMING AND RELEASING LOCK-UP
Throttle position
NAAT0178S02
Vehicle speed km/h (MPH)
Overdrive control switch [Shift position]
Lock-up “ON”
Lock-up “OFF”
ON [D4]
174 - 184 (108 - 114)
170 - 180 (106 - 112)
OFF [D3]
104 - 114 (65 - 71)
101 - 111 (63 - 69)
ON [D4]
151 - 161 (94 - 100)
106 - 116 (66 - 72)
OFF [D3]
85 - 95 (53 - 59)
82 - 92 (51 - 57)
Full throttle
Half throttle
Stall Revolution
Stall revolution
NAAT0163
rpm
2,440 - 2,640
Line Pressure
NAAT0164
2
Line pressure kPa (kg/cm , psi)
Engine speed
rpm
D, 2 and 1 positions
R position
Idle
422 - 461 (4.3 - 4.7, 61 - 67)
667 - 706 (6.8 - 7.2, 97 - 102)
Stall
1,020 - 1,098 (10.4 - 11.2, 148 - 159)
1,422 - 1,500 (14.5 - 15.3, 206 - 218)
AT-356
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Return Springs
Return Springs
NAAT0165
GI
Unit: mm (in)
Item
MA
Parts
Part No.*
Free length
Outer diameter
1
Torque converter relief valve spring
31742-41X23
38.0 (1.496)
9.0 (0.354)
2
Pressure regulator valve spring
31742-41X24
44.02 (1.7331)
14.0 (0.551)
3
Pressure modifier valve spring
31742-41X19
31.95 (1.2579)
6.8 (0.268)
—
Accumulator control valve spring
—
—
—
4
Shuttle shift valve D spring
31762-41X01
25.0 (0.984)
7.0 (0.276)
5
4-2 sequence valve spring
31756-41X00
29.1 (1.146)
6.95 (0.2736)
6
Shift valve B spring
31762-41X01
25.0 (0.984)
7.0 (0.276)
7
4-2 relay valve spring
31756-41X00
29.1 (1.146)
6.95 (0.2736)
8
Shift valve A spring
31762-41X01
25.0 (0.984)
7.0 (0.276)
9
Overrun clutch control valve spring
31762-41X03
23.6 (0.929)
7.0 (0.276)
10
Overrun clutch reducing valve spring
31742-41X14
38.9 (1.531)
7.0 (0.276)
11
Shuttle shift valve S spring
31762-41X04
51.0 (2.008)
5.65 (0.2224)
12
Pilot valve spring
31742-41X13
25.7 (1.012)
9.0 (0.354)
13
Torque converter clutch control valve spring
31742-41X22
18.5 (0.728)
13.0 (0.512)
1
Modifier accumulator piston spring
31742-27X70
31.4 (1.236)
9.8 (0.386)
2
1st reducing valve spring
31756-60X00
29.5 (1.161)
7.0 (0.276)
3
3-2 timing valve spring
31742-41X06
23.0 (0.906)
6.7 (0.264)
4
Servo charger valve spring
31742-41X06
23.0 (0.906)
6.7 (0.264)
31505-41X07
—
—
Upper body
Control valve
EM
LC
EC
FE
CL
MT
TF
Lower body
Reverse clutch
—
High clutch
10 pcs
31521-41X03
(Assembly)
24.2 (0.9528)
11.6 (0.457)
Forward clutch (Overrun clutch)
20 pcs
31521-41X04
(Assembly)
35.77 (1.4083)
9.7 (0.382)
Low & reverse brake
18 pcs
31655-41X00
(Assembly)
22.3 (0.878)
11.2 (0.441)
Spring A
31605-4AX03
45.6 (1.795)
34.3 (1.350)
Spring B
31605-41X01
29.7 (1.169)
27.6 (1.087)
Accumulator A
31605-41X02
43.0 (1.693)
18.0 (0.709)
Accumulator B
31605-41X14
47.6 (1.874)
26.5 (1.043)
Accumulator C
31605-41X09
45.0 (1.772)
29.3 (1.154)
Accumulator D
31605-41X06
58.4 (2.299)
17.3 (0.681)
PD
AX
SU
Band servo
BR
ST
RS
Accumulator
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-357
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Accumulator O-ring
Accumulator O-ring
NAAT0166
Diameter mm (in)
Accumulator
A
B
C
D
Small diameter end
29 (1.14)
32 (1.26)
45 (1.77)
29 (1.14)
Large diameter end
45 (1.77)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
45 (1.77)
Clutches and Brakes
NAAT0167
REVERSE CLUTCH
Code number
NAAT0167S01
4EX74
4EX75, 4EX76
Number of drive plates
3
Number of driven plates
3
Thickness of drive
plate mm (in)
Standard
1.90 - 2.05 (0.0748 - 0.0807)
Wear limit
1.80 (0.0709)
Standard
0.5 - 0.8 (0.020 - 0.031)
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit
1.2 (0.047)
Thickness mm (in)
Thickness of retaining plate
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
Part number*
(0.181)
(0.189)
(0.197)
(0.205)
(0.213)
31537-42X20
31537-42X21
31537-42X22
31537-42X23
31537-42X24
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
HIGH CLUTCH
NAAT0167S02
Code number
4EX74
4EX75, 4EX76
Number of drive plates
5
Number of driven plates
6
Thickness of drive
plate mm (in)
Standard
1.52 - 1.67 (0.0598 - 0.0657)
Wear limit
1.40 (0.0551)
Standard
1.8 - 2.2 (0.071 - 0.087)
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit
3.2 (0.126)
Thickness mm (in)
Thickness of retaining plate
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
(0.157)
(0.165)
(0.173)
(0.181)
(0.189)
(0.197)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-358
Part number*
31537-41X63
31537-41X64
31537-41X65
31537-41X66
31537-41X67
31537-41X68
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Clutches and Brakes (Cont’d)
FORWARD CLUTCH
NAAT0167S03
Code number
4EX74
4EX75, 4EX76
Number of drive plates
7
8
Number of driven plates
7
8
Thickness of drive
plate mm (in)
Standard
1.52 - 1.67 (0.0598 - 0.0657)
Wear limit
1.40 (0.0551)
Standard
0.35 - 0.75 (0.0138 - 0.0295)
GI
MA
EM
LC
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit
2.15 (0.0846)
Thickness mm (in)
Thickness of retaining plate
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
5.6
2.35 (0.0925)
Part number*
(0.181)
(0.189)
(0.197)
(0.205)
(0.213)
(0.220)
Thickness mm (in)
31537-42X13
31537-42X14
31537-42X15
31537-4AX00
31537-4AX01
31537-4AX02
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
(0.165)
(0.173)
(0.181)
(0.189)
(0.197)
(0.205)
(0.213)
Part number*
31537-42X11
31537-42X12
31537-42X13
31537-42X14
31537-42X15
31537-4AX00
31537-4AX01
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
CL
NAAT0167S04
4EX74
4EX75, 4EX76
Number of drive plates
3
Number of driven plates
5
Thickness of drive
plate mm (in)
FE
MT
OVERRUN CLUTCH
Code number
EC
Standard
1.90 - 2.05 (0.0748 - 0.0807)
Wear limit
1.80 (0.0709)
Standard
1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055)
TF
PD
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit
Thickness mm (in)
Thickness of retaining plate
AX
2.0 (0.079)
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
(0.165)
(0.173)
(0.181)
(0.189)
(0.197)
Part number*
31537-41X80
31537-41X81
31537-41X82
31537-41X83
31537-41X84
SU
BR
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
ST
RS
BT
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-359
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Clutches and Brakes (Cont’d)
LOW & REVERSE BRAKE
NAAT0167S05
Code number
4EX74
4EX75, 4EX76
Number of drive plates
8
Number of driven plates
8
Thickness of drive
plate mm (in)
Standard
1.90 - 2.05 (0.0748 - 0.0807)
1.52 - 1.67 (0.0598 - 0.0657)
Wear limit
1.40 (0.0551)
Standard
0.8 - 1.1 (0.031 - 0.043)
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit
2.7 (0.106)
Thickness mm (in)
7.6
7.8
8.0
8.2
8.4
8.6
8.8
9.0
9.2
9.4
9.6
Thickness of retaining plate
Part number*
(0.299)
(0.307)
(0.315)
(0.323)
(0.331)
(0.339)
(0.346)
(0.354)
(0.362)
(0.370)
(0.378)
31667-41X07
31667-41X08
31667-41X00
31667-41X01
31667-41X02
31667-41X03
31667-41X04
31667-41X05
31667-41X06
31667-41X09
31667-41X10
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
BRAKE BAND
NAAT0167S06
Anchor end bolt nut tightening torque
40 - 51 N·m (4.1 - 5.2 kg-m, 30 - 38 ft-lb)
Anchor end bolt tightening torque
4 - 6 N·m (0.4 - 0.6 kg-m, 35 - 52 in-lb)
Number of returning revolution for anchor end bolt
2.5
Oil Pump and Low One-way Clutch
NAAT0168
Unit: mm (in)
Oil pump clearance
Cam ring — oil pump housing
Standard
0.01 - 0.024 (0.0004 - 0.0009)
Rotor, vanes and control piston — oil
pump housing
Standard
0.03 - 0.044 (0.0012 - 0.0017)
Standard
0.10 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
Seal ring clearance
Allowable limit
0.25 (0.0098)
Total End Play
Total end play “T1”
NAAT0169
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
Thickness mm (in)
Thickness of oil pump cover bearing race
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
(0.031)
(0.039)
(0.047)
(0.055)
(0.063)
(0.071)
(0.079)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-360
Part number*
31435-41X01
31435-41X02
31435-41X03
31435-41X04
31435-41X05
31435-41X06
31435-41X07
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Reverse Clutch Drum End Play
Reverse Clutch Drum End Play
Reverse clutch drum end play “T2”
NAAT0170
GI
0.55 - 0.90 mm (0.0217 - 0.0354 in)
Thickness mm (in)
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
Thickness of oil pump thrust washer
MA
Part number*
(0.035)
(0.043)
(0.051)
(0.059)
(0.067)
(0.075)
31528-21X01
31528-21X02
31528-21X03
31528-21X04
31528-21X05
31528-21X06
EM
LC
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
EC
Removal and Installation
NAAT0171
Number of returning revolutions for lock nut
2
Manual control linkage
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter
CL
25.0 mm (0.984 in) or more
Shift Solenoid Valves
NAAT0217
Gear position
1
2
3
4
Shift solenoid valve A
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B
ON (Closed)
ON (Closed)
OFF (Open)
OFF (Open)
Resistance (Approx.)
MT
TF
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid valves
FE
4.4 - 5.9 N·m
(0.45 - 0.60 kg-m, 39.1 - 52.1 in-lb)
Lock nut tightening torque
NAAT0218
Ω
Terminal No.
Shift solenoid valve A
20 - 40
3
Shift solenoid valve B
20 - 40
2
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
20 - 40
4
Line pressure solenoid valve
2.5 - 5
6
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
10 - 20
7
PD
AX
SU
BR
A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor
NAAT0219
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item
Condition
A/T fluid temperature
sensor
Cold [20°C (68°F)]
"
Hot [80°C (176°F)]
ST
Specification
Approximately 1.5V
"
Approximately 0.5V
Approximately 2.5 kΩ
"
Approximately 0.3 kΩ
Turbine Revolution Sensor
Terminal No.
RS
NAAT0232
BT
Resistance
1
2
2.4 - 2.8 kΩ
2
3
No continuity
1
3
No continuity
HA
SC
EL
IDX
AT-361
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Revolution Sensor
Revolution Sensor
NAAT0220
Terminal No.
Resistance
1
2
500 - 650Ω
2
3
No continuity
1
3
No continuity
Dropping Resistor
Resistance
NAAT0221
11.2 - 12.8Ω
AT-362
Download PDF
Similar pages